695,8 

U59g 

1919 


LIBRARY  OF  CONGRESS 


OTJIUE  TO  THE 


CATALOGU1N«  OF  THE  SERIAL  PUBLICATIONS 

OF 

SOCIETIES  AND  INSTITUTIONS 


COMPILED  AND  EDITED  BY 
HARRIET  WHEELER  PIERSON 

CATALOGUE  DIVISION   . 


With  a  Special  Statement 
on  the  Treatment  of  the   Publications 

of  Masonic  Bodies 
By  GEORGE  M.  CHURCHILL,  Ph.  D. 


WASHINGTON 

GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 

LIBRARY  BRANCH 

1919 

Reprinted  1029 


LIBRARY  OF  CONGRESS 


GUIDE  TO  THE 
CATALOGUING  OF  THE  SERIAL  PUBLICATIONS 

OF 

SOCIETIES  AND  INSTITUTIONS 


COMPILED  AND  EDITED  BY 

HARRIET  WHEELER  PERSON 

CATALOGUE  DIVISION 


Wltb  a  Special  Statement 

on  the  Treatment  of  the  Publications 

of  Masonic  Bodies 

By  GEORGE  M.  CHURCHILL,  Ph.  D. 


WASHINGTON 

GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 

LIBRARY   BRANCH 

1919 


Reprinted  1920 
O 


L.  C.  card,  20-3424 


By  direction  of  the  Librarian  of  Congress  the  matter  contained  herein 
is  published  as  administrative  information  and  is  required  for  the  proper 
transaction  of  the  public  business 


1st  Printing,  1919 
2d  Printing,  1924 
3d  Printing,  1929 


Z- 


INTRODUCTION 


The  present  compilation  has  been  undertaken  for  the  purpose 
of  placing  in  available  form  the  interpretations  and  revisions 
which  have  been  adopted  from  time  to  time  since  1908  in  the 
rules  for  cataloguing  society  publications. 

-  That  questions  of  interpretation  should  have  arisen  is  inevitable 
in  so  large  a  collection  as  that  of  the  Library  of  Congress.  The 
rules  as  laid  down  in  the  "Catalog  rules  compiled  by  the  commit- 
tees of  the  American  Library  Association  and  the  (British)  Li- 
brary Association,  1908,"  have  proved  a  satisfactory  basis,  and  it 
is  only  necessary,  therefore,  to  indicate  the  occasional  variations  in 
these  rules,  or  their  application  as  worked  out  through  many 
years  of  experience.  In  the  matter  of  procedure,  the  rules  for  cor- 
porate entries  follow  closely  those  for  periodicals,  and  the  "Guide 
to  the  cataloguing  of  periodicals,  prepared  by  Mary  W.  MacNair, 
1918,"  is  followed  except  where  differences  are  indicated. 

The  Library  of  Congress  receives  its  accessions  of  society  mate- 
rial through  the  following  channels :  ( 1 )  by  subscription,  through 
the  Periodical  Division;  (2)  by  purchase,  gift,  and  exchange, 
through  the  Order  Division ;  (3)  by  gift  and  international  ex- 
change, through  the  Document  Division ;  (4)  by  deposit,  from  the 
Smithsonian  Institution.  As  the  relation  of  the  Smithsonian  De- 
posit to  the  Library  of  Congress  is  frequently  not  understood,  the 
following  statements  may  be  of  interest: 

"April  5,  1866,  an  act  was  approved  for  the  transfer  of 
the  library  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution  to  the  Library 
of  Congress,  to  be  removed  on  the  completion  of  the 
new  fireproof  extension  of  the  Library.  The  collection 
was  estimated  at  that  time  to  contain  about  40,000  vol- 
umes. This  valuable  accession  to  the  Library  comprised 
a  large  collection  of  journals  and  transactions  of  learned 
societies,  foreign  and  domestic,  many  important  works 
on  the  fine  arts,  linguistics,  bibliography,  statistics,  and 
natural  history.  Though  not  stipulated  in  the  act,  later 
accessions  were  deposited,  until  the  overcrowded  condi- 
tion of  the  Library  rendered  it  impossible  to  care  prop- 
erly for  the  increase.  Now  that  ample  space  has  been 
provided  in  the  new  building,  the  whole  collection  will  be 
arranged  in  the  large  hall  specially  fitted  up  for  it,  and 
with  suitable  accommodation  for  the  student."  (Report 
of  the  Librarian  of  Congress  for  the  year  1901,  p.  192) 
The  act  of  April  5,  1866,  under  which  the  Smithson- 
ian Library  was  transferred  provides  as  follows :  "Be  it 
enacted,  etc.,  That  the  library  collected  by  the  Smith- 
sonian Institution  under  the  provisions  of  an  act  ap- 

3 


4  GUIDE  TO  CATALOGUING  SERIAL  PUBLICATIONS 

proved  August  10,  1846,  shall  be  removed  from  the 
building  of  said  Institution,  with  the  consent  of  the 
Regents  thereof,  to  the  new  fireproof  extension  of  the 
Library  of  Congress,  upon  completion  of  a  sufficient 
portion  thereof  for  its  accommodation,  and  shall,  while 
there  deposited,  be  subject  to  the  same  regulations  as 
the  Library  of  Congress,  except  as  hereinafter  provided. 
*  *  * 

"And  be  it  further  enacted,  That  the  Smithsonian  In- 
stitution, through  its  Secretary,  shall  have  the  use  of  the 
Library  of  Congress,  subject  to  the  same  regulations  as 
Senators  and  Representatives. 

"The  library  collected  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution 
under  the  provisions  of  the  act  of  August  10,  1846, 
chapter  25,  and  removed  from  the  building  of  that  Insti- 
tution, with  the  consent  of  the  Regents  thereof,  to  the 
Library  of  Congress,  shall,  while  there  deposited,  be  sub- 
ject to  the  same  regulations  as  the  Library  of  Congress, 
except  as  hereinafter  provided. 

"The  Smithsonian  Institution  shall  have  the  use  there- 
of in  like  manner  as  before  its  removal,  and  the  public 
shall  have  access  thereto  for  purposes  of  consultation 
on  every  ordinary  week-day,  except  during  one  month  of 
each  year,  in  the  recess  of  Congress,  wfien  it  may  be 
closed  for  renovation.  All  the  books,  maps,  and  charts 
of  the  Smithsonian  Library  shall  be  properly  cared  for 
and  preserved  in  like  manner  as  are  those  of  the  Con- 
gressional Library;  from  which  the  Smithsonian  Li- 
brary shall  not  be  removed  except  on 'reimbursement  by 
the  Smithsonian  Institution  to  the  Treasury  of  the  United 
States  of  expenses  incurred  in  binding  and  in  taking  care 
of  the  same,  or  upon  such  terms  and  conditions  as  shall 
be  mutually  agreed  upon  by  Congress  and  the  Regents  of 
the  Institution."  (Rhees,  W.  J.,  Smithsonian  Institution 
. . .  Origin  and  history,  1901,  vol.  I,  p.  xxiii-xxiv,  661- 
662.  cf.  Smithsonian  report  for  1866,  p.  14-15;  1867, 
p.  56-58) 

The  Smithsonian  collection  has  steadily  increased,  through  its 
system  of  exchange  augmented  by  substantial  purchases,  until 
now,  in  combination  with  the  Library  of  Congress  collection  of 
learned  society  publications,  it  numbers  approximately  400,000 
volumes  and  pamphlets.  The  sets  are  not  grouped  in  one  hall, 
as  appears  to  have  been  the  original  intention,  but  are  classified 
and  shelved  according  to  subject.  The  large  hall  designated  as 
Smithsonian  Deposit  contains  only  the  periodical  and  society  serial 
publications  relating  to  pure  science,*  academies  or  academic  so- 
cieties, and  museums,  whether  of  Library  of  Congress  or  of 
Smithsonian  ownership,  the  volumes  being  distinguished  by  the 
seal  affixed  in  binding  and  by  other  marks  of  ownership  in  the 
unbound  material. 

*See  list  of  groups  following  Introduction. 


INTRODUCTION  0 

With  the  constant  cooperation  of  Mr.  Paul  Brockett,  Custo- 
dian of  the  Smithsonian  Deposit  at  the  Smithsonian  Institution, 
and  under  the  efficient  administration  of  Mr.  Francis  H.  Parsons, 
Assistant  in  charge  of  the  Smithsonian  Deposit  at  the  Library 
of  Congress,  the  whole  collection  has  been  greatly  developed; 
through  the  systematic  arrangement  by  the  Classification  Division 
and  the  records  of  the  Catalogue  Division  it  has  been  made  avail- 
able to  students.  All  society  material  of  a  serial  nature,  of  what- 
ever class,  is  forwarded  for  binding  through  the  chief  of  the 
Smithsonian  Division,  and  a  permanent  record  of  all  volumes 
bound  since  1900  is  on  file  in  that  division.  The  number  of  vol- 
umes bound  from  1900  to  April,  1917,  was  50,000. 

The  Smithsonian  Institution  has  issued  ,"rom  time  to  time  a  list 
of  the  societies  with  which  it  exchanges  publications ;  the  latest  of 
these  is  the  International  Exchange  List,  corrected  to  September, 
1903,  published  1904.  A  printed  catalogue  entitled  "Publications 
of  the  learned  societies  and  periodicals  in  the  library  of  the 
Smithsonian  Institution,"  pt.  1,  1855 ;  pt.  2,  1856,  was  issued  as 
appendix  to  the  Contributions  to  knowledge,  vols.  7  and  8 ;  this 
was  followed  in  1866  by  the  "Catalogue  of  publications  of  so- 
cieties and  of  periodical  works,  belonging  to  the  Smithsonian  In- 
stitution, January  1,  1866.  Deposited  in  the  Library  of  Con- 
gress." Manuscript  entries  have  been  made  for  all  sets  in  both 
the  Library  of  Congress  and  the  Smithsonian  collections,  and  it 
is  the  intention  to  print  these  as  rapidly  as  possible  for  use  in  the 
Library  of  Congress  catalogues  and  for  distribution  to  other 
libraries. 

The  rules  which  follow  are  substantially  the  A.  L.  A.  rules  of 
1908  which  in  turn  were  based  on  a  comparison  of  the  rules  prac- 
ticed by  the  larger  libraries,  notably  as  stated  in  Mr.  C.  A.  Cutter's 
fifth  plan  (Rules  for  a  dictionary  catalogue,  3d  ed.,  1891,  p.  30- 
33,  paragraph  56.  cf.  4th  ed.,  1904,  p.  39-49).  The  additions 
represent  further  specifications,  and  also  provide  for  the  informa- 
tion needed  in  answering  numerous  inquiries  concerning  the  con- 
stitution of  sets,  identification  of  references,  and  other  biblio- 
graphical data.  The  codification  is  due  in  a  large  measure  to  Mr. 
J.  C.  M.  Hanson,  chief  of  the  Catalogue  Division  1897-1910,  Mr. 
Charles  Martel,  chief  assistant  and  chief  classifier  1897-1912,  now 
chief  of  the  division,  and  Mr.  S.  Stefansson,  chief  reviser  from 
1899  to  the  time  of  his  death  in  1913. 

Much  depends  on  the  exercise  of  good  judgment  in  the  applica- 
tion of  the  rules.  Consistency  of  usage  is  strongly  recommended, 
for  exceptions  tend  to  confuse  those  who  use  the  catalogue,  but 
there  are  cases  which  require  special  treatment  and  with  which 
the  open-minded  cataloguer  will  deal  according  to  the  nature  of 
the  case. 

H.  W.  PIERSON. 

DECEMBER,  1919. 


SECTIONS  CLASSIFIED  IN  THE  SMITHSONIAN  DIVISION 


AM 
AS 

Ql-116 


Q101 

Qlll,  113 
0115 

Q116 
Q184 
QA1 
QB1 
QC1 


QD1 
QE1 

QH1-7 
QK1 

QU 


QM1 
QP1 


QR1 


Museums  (Museography  and  muscology) 
Academies,  and  learned  societies  of  a  general  char- 
acter. 
Science  (General) 

Ql-9     Periodicals;  Year-books. 
Q 11-99    Societies. 

Congresses  (International  and  general  only) 
Collections. 

Voyages  and  expeditions. 
Handbooks  for  scientific  expeditions. 
Instruments  and  apparatus. 
Mathematics. 
Astronomy. 


Physics. 

QC81 
QC501 
QC801 
QC811 
QC851 

Chemistry. 

QD71 

QD901 

Geology. 
QE351 
QE531 
QE701 
QE901 


Weights  and  measures. 
Electricity  and  magnetism. 
Terrestrial  and  cosmical  physics. 
Terrestrial  magnetism. 
Meteorology. 

Analytical  chemistry. 
Crystallography. 


Mineralogy. 
Seismology. 
Paleontology. 
Paleobotany. 
Natural  history. 

QH201     Microscopy. 

QH301     General  biology. 
Botany. 

QK520     Pteridophyta. 

QK534    Musci. 

QK564    Algae. 

QK600    Fungi. 
Zoology. 

QL401 

QL461 

QL541 

QL671 

QL750 

QL801 

Human  anatomy. 
Physiology. 

QP351     Experimental  psychology. 

QP501     Physiological  chemistry. 
Bacteriology. 


Mollusca. 

Insects. 

Lepidoptera. 

Birds. 

Ethology. 

Anatomy. 


CONTENTS 

Page 

Introduction 3 

Societies 9 

Institutions 17 

Miscellaneous  bodies , 27 

Forms  of  entry 33 

Abbreviations  (names  of  months) 66 

Examples  of  headings 67 

Masonic  bodies..- 68 

Bibliographical  suggestions 72 

Index  of  examples 101 

Subject  index 107 


THE  Library  of   Congress   card  number    (printer's 
serial  number)    is  given  at  the  lower  right-hand 
of   many   of   the   examples   and   bibliographies   quoted. 
These  serial  numbers  may  be  used  in  ordering  printed 
cards  from  the  Card  Division. 


SOCIETIES 

[For  convenience  of  reference  the  paragraphs  are  numbered  consecutively.  To 
avoid  misunderstanding,  the  numbers  of  the  corresponding  rule  in  the  A.  L.  A. 
code,  1908,  are  added  in  parentheses] 

(cf.  A.  L.  A.  rules,  1908,  72-81) 

Specification.  This  includes  associations  and  societies  of  all 
kinds,  scientific,  benevolent,  moral,  etc.,  even  when  strictly  local 
or  named  from  a  country,  state,  county,  or  province ;  also  clubs, 
gilds,  orders  of  knighthood,  secret  societies,  inter-collegiate  soci- 
eties, Greek  letter  fraternities,  Young  men's  and  Young  women's 
Christian  associations,  affiliated  societies,  political  parties,  reli- 
gious sects,  etc.,  as  distinguished  from  institutions  (establish- 
ments) See  also  specifications  for  Institutions,  p.  17. 

Certain  designations  are  used  interchangeably,  especially  in  the 
Romance  languages,  for  cultural  associations  and  educational  in- 
stitutions such  as  Ateneo,  Institute,  Liceo,  Museo,  etc. ;  these  are 
to  be  entered  as  societies  or  institutions  according  to  the  nature 
of  their  organization. 

1.  General  rule.  Enter  a  society  under  the  first  word  (not  an 
article)  of  Jts  latest*  corporate  name,  with  reference  from  any 
other  namelby  which  it  is  known,  and  from  the  name  of  the  place 
where  its  headquarters  are  established.  (A.  L.  A.  72) 

If  the  name  of  the  place  does  not  appear  in  the  corporate  name, 
it  is  to  be  added  in  the  English  form  and  is  to  be  printed  m  iiaiics^ 
In  the  case  of  national  societies  whose  headquarters  are  not  fixed, 
the  place  is  omitted. 

Botanical  society  of  Edinburgh  -  h 

with  reference  from 
Edinburgh.    Botanical  society. 

Entomological  society  of  New  South  Wales,  Sydney 

with  references  from 

New  South  Wales,  Entomological  society  of. 
Sydney.    Entomological  society  of  New  South  Wales. 

Geographische  gesellschaft  in  Hamburg 

with  reference  from 
Hamburg.     Geographische  gesellschaft. 

*Societies  and  their  publications  are  known  to  the  public  under  their  cur- 
rent names  and  titles.  Earlier  names  are,  even  after  a  short  interval,  not 
distinctly  remembered,  or  are  entirely  forgotten.  It  is  therefore  the  cur- 
rent name  under  which  the  reader  will  usually  look  for  the  publications  in 
the  catalogue,  and  if  he  finds  only  a  reference  there  to  an  earlier  name  or 
title  he  is  annoyed,  even  though  the  inconvenience  and  loss  of  time  be 
slight.  To  spare  many  readers  on  many  occasions  this  annoyance  and 
delay,  a  little  time  and  labor  spent  once  on  the  part  of  the  cataloguer  to 
transfer  the  entry  to  the  new  name  or  title  when  a  change  has  occurred 
seems  to  us  profitably  spent.  In  an  otherwise  appreciative  notice  in  the 
Library  Journal,  April  1918,  p.  294-5,  of  the  Guide  for  cataloguing  period- 
icals, exception  is  taken  to  the  rule  to  enter  serials  under  the  latest  title; 
the  exception,  on  the  whole,  does  not  seem  to  us  well  taken. 


10  GUIDE    TO    CATALOGUING    SERIAL    PUBLICATIONS 

Academic  royale  des  sciences,  des  lettres  et  des  beaux-arts  de  Bel- 
gique,  Brussels 

with  references  front 
Brussels.    Academic  royale  des  sciences,  des  lettres  et  des  beaux- 

arts  de  Belgique. 
Belgium.    Academic  royale. 
Academy  of  natural  sciences  of  Philadelphia 

with  reference  from 
Philadelphia.    Academy  of  natural  sciences. 

Ateneo  de  Honduras,  Tegucigalpa 

with  references  from 
Honduras,  Ateneo  de. 
Tegucigalpa.     Ateneo  de  Honduras. 

American  academy  of  arts  and  sciences,  Boston 

with  reference  from 

Boston.    American  academy  of  arts  and  sciences. 
Liceo  artistico  y  literario,  Madrid 

with  reference  from 
Madrid.    Liceo  artistico  y  literario. 
National  education  association  of  the  United  States 

with  reference  from 

United  States,  National  education  association  of  the. 
American  library  association. 
National  institute  of  social  sciences. 
Royal  Dublin  society 

with  reference  from 
Dublin  society. 
Royal  Irish  academy,  Dublin 

with  references  from 
Irish  academy,  Dublin. 
Dublin.     Royal  Irish  academy. 
Dublin.     Irish  academy. 

a.  An  authority  card  is  to  be  made  for  each  heading  established, 
to  contain,  whenever  obtainable,  the  date  of  founding,  date  of  in^ 
corporation,  changes  of  name,  and  affiliation  or  union  with  other 
societies.  Authorities  consulted  are  to  be  checked  on  back  of  card, 
and  cross-references  are  to  be  indicated.  The  authority  card  is  to 
be  printed  if  of  sufficient  importance  ;  for  minor  societies  or  for 
societies  about  which  little  or  no  information  can  be  found,  a 
manila  card  is  to  be  made,  and  the  authorities  and  references  are 
to  be  indicated  as  in  the  case  of  individual  authors. 

The  authorities  for  the  corporate  name  are,  in  the  order  of 
their  importance,  1st,  the  charter  of  incorporation;  2d,*the  stat- 
utes; 3d,  the  usage  of  the  society. 

Natural  history  society  of  New  Brunswick,  8t.  John. 

Founded  1862;  inactive  1874-1880;  reorganized  1880;  incorpo- 
rated 1883.   *.< 

18-3724 

Scientific  association  of  Trinidad,  Port  of  Spain. 
Founded  1863;  dissolved  1887. 

18-9860 

Verein  fiir  geschichte  und  naturgeschichte  der  Baar  und  der  angren- 
zenden  landesteile  in  Donaueschingen. 

The  present  society   is  the  outgrowth  of  the   following 
earlier  societies  : 

180L    Vaterlandische  gesellschaft  der  aerzte  und  natur- 
forscher  Schwabens,  continued  as 


*) 


*K* 


SOCIETIES  11 

1805.  Gesellschaft  der  freunde  vaterlandischer  geschichte 
und  naturgeschichte  an  den  quellen  der  Donau;  active  until 
1819;  reorganised 

1842.  Verein  fur  yaterlandische  geschichte  und  natur- 
geschichte; active  until  1850;  reorganized 

1869.  Verein  fur  geschichte  und  naturgeschichte  der  Baar 
und  der  angrenzenden  landesteile  in  Donaueschingen. 

18-9346 
Royal  society  of  Edinburgh. 

Founded  and  incorporated  by  royal  charter  1783;  its  im- 
mediate precursor  was  the  Philosophical  society  of  Edin- 
burgh, founded  1739. 

-.  n      0*741 

Royal  society  of  Victoria,  Melbourne. 

In  1855  the  Philosophical  society  of  Victoria  (founded 
1854)  and  the  Victorian  institute  for  the  advancement^  of 
science  (founded  1854)  united  to  form  the  Philosophical 
institute  of  Victoria;  in  1859  the  name  of  the  latter  was 
changed  to  Royal  society  of  Victoria.^ 

In  1882  the  society  absorbed  the  Microscopical  society  of 
Victoria.  17-28025 

b.  When  two  or  more  societies  which  have  had  an  independent 
existence  unite  to  form  a  new  society  they  are  to  be  entered  under 
their  own  names  up  to  the  time  of  union,  with  see  also  references 
to  and  from  the  new  body.          -  3  i****'*^   64^9    t*  (4/46*4 '. 

cf.  example  immediately  preceding. 
Entries  to  be  made  under 

1.  Philosophical  society  of  Victoria 

with  see  also  reference  to 
Royal  society  of  Victoria,  Melbourne. 

2.  Victorian  institute  for  the  advancement  of  science 

with  see  also  reference  to 
Royal  society  of  Victoria,  Melbourne. 

3.  Royal  society  of  Victoria,  Melbourne 

with  see  also  references  to 
Philosophical  society  of  Victoria. 
Victorian  institute  for  the  advancement  of  science. 

c.  When  a  society  has  merely  changed  its  name,  entry  is  to  be    V.J 

1  11  r  '    t       '  F  r  F *~ 

\  under  the  latest   form,   with  see   references    from   earlier    «^ 


.         in     ~r""~rT^^TT^   •••^••••••MlMMMMBMBMMIMMMMHMWM**'1 

made  under  the  latest  form,   with  see  references   from  earlier 
forms,     (cf.  49) 


R.  Accademia  di  scienze,  lettere  e  belle  arti  di  Palermo 

with  references  from 
Accademia  palermitana. 
Accademia  di  scienze  e  lettere,  Palermo. 

Academic  d'agriculture  de  France,  Ports 

with  references  from 

Societe  royale  d'agriculture  de  la  generalite  de  Paris. 
Societe  royale  d'agriculture  de  Paris. 
Societe  d'agriculture  du  departement  de  la  Seine. 
Societe  royale  et  centrale  d'agriculture,  Paris. 
Societe  nationale  et  centrale  d'agriculture,  Pom. 
Societe  imperiale  et  centrale  d'agriculture,  Paris. 
Societe  centrale  d'agriculture  de  France,  Pom. 
Societe  nationale  d'agriculture  de  France,  Paris. 

d.  When  two  societies  or  institutions  have  the  same  name  they 
are  to  be  distinguished  by  dates  in  the  heading,  and,  in  excep- 
tional cases,  by  the  addition  of  a  roman  numeral  (i,  n,  etc.,  as  the 
case  may  be)  indicating  the  order  of  priority  more  clearly. 


12  GUIDE    TO    CATALOGUING    SERIAL    PUBLICATIONS 

Scientific  society  of  San  Antonio.    (Founded  1892) 

Founded  April,  1892  ;  existed  a  little  over  two  years.  Not 
to  be  confused  with  the  society  of  the  same  name  founded 
1904. 

17-30010 

Scientific  society  of  San  Antonio.    (Founded  1904) 

Organized  1904;  incorporated  1905.  Not  to  be  confused 
with  the  society  of  the  same  name,  which  was  founded  in 
1892  and  existed  a  little  over  two  years. 

17-30508 

Entomological  society  of  London.    (Founded  1801) 
Entomological  society  of  London.    (Founded  18SS) 
American  physiological  society.    (Founded  1837) 
American  physiological  society.    (Founded  1887) 
Mississippi.    Historical  society.     (Founded  1858) 
Mississippi  historical  society.     (Founded  1890) 
Colorado  college  of  dental  surgery,  Denver,     (i,  1879-1901) 
Colorado  college  of  dental  surgery,  Denver,     (n,  1901- 


Exceptions,  variations,  and  further  specifications. 

2.  Societies  whose  corporate  names  are  practically  unknown. 
Enter  societies  whose  full  corporate  names  are  so  little  used  as, 
to  be  practically  unknown,  under  the  shorter,  better  known  form. 
Tfiis  exception  is  rarely  to  be  made. 

American  philosophical  society,  Philadelphia 

with  reference  from 
American  philosophical  society  held  at  Philadelphia  for  promot- 

ing useful  knowledge. 
Royal  society  of  arts,  London 

with  reference  from 
Royal  society  for  the  encouragement  of  arts,  manufactures  and 

commerce,  London. 
Cymmrodorion  society,  London 

with  reference^  from 
Honourable  society  of  cymmrodorion. 
Peace  society,  London 

with  reference  from 

Society   for  the   promotion  of  permanent  and   universal  peace, 
London. 

Charity  organisation  society,  London 

with  references  from 
Association  for  the  prevention  of  pauperism  and  crime  in  the  me- 

tropolis, London. 
Society  for  organising  charitable  relief  and  repressing  mendicity, 

London. 
Society  for  organising  charitable  effort  and  improving  the  condi- 

tion of  the  poor,  London. 

Franklin  institute,  Philadelphia 

with  reference  from 
Franklin  institute  of  the  state  of  Pennsylvania  for  the  promotion 

of  the  mechanic  arts,  Philadelphia. 
British  academy,  London 
with  reference  from 

British  academy   for  the  promotion   of   historical,   philosophical, 
and  philological  studies. 


SOCIETIES 


13 


3.  Societies  whose  corporate  names  begin  with  a  numeral.     En- 
ter societies  whose  names  begin  with  a  numeral  under  that  name, 
with  the  numeral  spelled  out  in  the  vernacular,  c.  g.  3.  October- 
vereeniging  to  be  entered  under 

Derde  October-vereeniging,  Leyden 

with  reference  from 
October-vereeniging,  Leyden. 

4.  University  and  Union  league  clubs.     Enter  university  and 
union  league  clubs  under  the  place  where  they  are  located,  with 
reference  from  the  name. 

Washington,  D.  C.    University  club 

with  reference  from 
University  club,   Washington,  D.  C. 

Chicago.    Union  league  club 
«  with  reference  from 

0\         Union  league  club  of  Chicago. 

0*  5.  American  state  historical  and  agricultural  societies.  Enter 
American  state  historical  and  agricultural  societies  under  the 
state.  If  the  corporate  name  begins  with  the  name  of  the  state, 
the  corporate  form  is  to  be  followed;  if  not,  the  name  of  the 
state  is  to  be  followed  by  a  period,  and  the  second  word  of  the 
heading  is  to  be  capitalized. 

New  York  state  historical  association. 

Ohio  state  archaeological  and  historical  society. 

South  Carolina.    State  agricultural  society 

with  reference  from 

State  agricultural  society  of  South  Carolina. 
But  Historical  and  philosophical  society  of  Ohio  (not  a  state  society) 

with  reference  from 
Ohio,  Historical  and  philosophical  society  of. 

Enter  American  state  societies  which  are  also^  state  boards  un- 
der the  society,  with  reference  from  the  state. 

West  Virginia  humane  society 

with  reference  from 
West  Virginia.     State  board  (IVest  Virginia  humane  society) 

6.  International  societies.  Enter  societies  extending  through 
many  lands,  or  having  authorized  names  in  many  languages,  un- 
der the  English  form  if  it  is  used  officially ;  otherwise  under  that 
official  form  of  the  name  which  occurs  most  frequently,  with  ref- 
erences from  all  other  forms.  (A.  L.  A.  73) 

International  maritime  association 

w'tli  reference  from 
Association  internationnle  de  la  marine. 
International  council  for  the  study  of  the  sea 

with  references  from 

Conseil  permanent  international  pour  1'exploration  de  la  mer. 
Central  ausschuss  fur  die  Internationale  meeresforschung. 
Comite  international  des  poids  et  mesures 

with  reference  from 
International  commission  of  weights  and  measures. 


14  GUIDE    TO    CATALOGUING    SERIAL    PUBLICATIONS 

Red  cross  (for  general  works) 

Red  cross.     U.  8.    American  national  Red  cross 

with  reference  from 
American  national  Red  cross. 

Red  cross.    Netherlands.     Vcreeniging   tot   het  verleenen  van  hulp 
aan  zieke  en  gewonde  krijgslieden  in  tijd  van  oorlog 

with  reference  from 
Vereeniging  (etc.) 

7.  Orders  of  knighthood,  secret  orders,  etc.  Enter  orders  of 
knighthood,  both  those  of  medieval  and  modern  times,  also  secret 
orders  and  other  similar  organizations,  under  their  names,  but 
enter  the  American  Knights  templars  and  other  regular  masonic 
bodies  under  the  heading  Freemasons.  (A.  L.  A.  74) 

1.  Medieval  orders  (usually  to  be  entered  under  an  English 
form  of  the  name) 

Malta,  Knights  of 

with  references  from 
Knights  of  Malta. 

Knights  hospitalers  of  St.  John  of  Jerusalem. 
Hospitalers  of  St.  John  of  Jerusalem. 
Teutonic  knights 

with  references  from 
Deutscher  prden. 
Deutsche  ritter. 

Orden  der  ritter  des  hospitals  St.  Marien  des  deutschen  hauses. 
Templars 

with  reference  from 
Knights  templars  (Monastic  and  military  order) 

2.  Modern  orders. 

Order  of  the  Garter,  Legion  d'honneur,  Elefantordenen,  with  refer- 
ences under  the  significant  words  of  the  name  or  from  other  forms. 

3.  Masonic  bodies. 

(See  the  amplified  rule  for  Freemasons,  p.  68-71) 

4.  American  secret  societies  are  preferably  to  be  entered  under 
that  part  of  the  name  by  which  they  are  commonly  known. 

Elks,  Benevolent  and  protective  order  of. 
Moose,  Loyal  order  of. 

8.  Alumni  associations.     Enter  alumni  associations  under  the 
name  of  the  school,  college  or  university.     (A.  L.  A.  75)     * 

Yale  university.    Society  of  the  alumni 

with  reference  from 

Society  of  the  alumni  of  Yale  university. 
Pennsylvania  college,  Gettysburg.    Alumni  association 

with  reference  from 

Alumni  association  of  Pennsylvania  college. 
Smith  college.    Alumnae  association 

with  reference  from 
Alumnae  association  of  Smith  college. 

Paris.    Ecole  commerciale.    Association  des  anciens  cleves 

with  reference  from 
Association  des  anciens  eleves  de  l'£cole  commerciale  de  Paris. 


SOCIETIES 


15 


9.  Local  college  or  university  societies.    Enter  local  college  so- 
cieties under  the  name  of  the  college.     (A.  L.  A.  76) 

Columbia  university.    Philolexian  society 

with  reference  from 
Philolexian  society,  Columbia  university. 

10.  Gilds.     Enter  gilds  under  the  name  of  the  city,  with  the 
name  of  the  company  as  subheading.     (A.  L.  A.  77) 

London.    Merchant  taylor's  company 

with  reference  from 
Merchant  taylor's  company,  London. 

Dunfermline,  Scot.    Weavers'  incorporation 

7xrt//i  reference  from 
Weavers'  incorporation,  Dunfermline. 
Sheffield,  Eng.    Cutlers'  company 

with  reference  from 
Cutlers'  company,  Sheffield. 

11.  Learned  academies  whose  names  begin  with  E.  K.,  B.,  I., 
etc.     Enter  learned  academies  under  the  first  word  not  an  article 
or  an  adjective  expressing  royal  privilege,  etc.  (K.  K.,  R.,  I.,  etc.) 
Abbreviate  at  the  beginning  of  the  names  the  words  Kaiserlich, 
Koniglich,  Reale,  Imperiale,  etc.,  except  where  these  adjectives 
form  the  distinguishing  part  of  the  name,  and  disregard  the  ab- 
breviations in  the  arrangement.     (A.  L.  A.  78) 

">  The  words  Royal,  Imperial,  etc.,  -in  the  names  of  English  societies  are 
not  to  be  abbreviated  or  disregarded  in  arrangement.  *r  f\u*  441^- 

K.  Akademie  der  wissenschaften,  Berlin*  <$-  ****-£ 

with  references  from 
Konigliche  akademie  der  wissenschaften,  Berlin. 
Berlin.    K.  Akademie  der  wissenschaften. 

In  the  references,  the  abbreviations  are  omitted  from  the  heading  re-  \      f 

ferred   to,*V.    g.    Konigliche    akademie    der    wissenschaften,    Berlin,   see  I     1^ 

Akademie  der  wissenschaften,  Berlin;  Berlin.    K.  Akademie  der  wissen-  I  ** 

schaften  see  Akademie  der  wissenschaften,  Berlin   (main  heading  is  K.  / 
Akademie,  etc.)  ^  /k*e<w»*.  /'*"     ^        fatSJT.  «'?  A*u#*«e<tj  '. 


K.  K.  Geographische  gesellschaft  in  Wien 

with  references  from 

Kaiserlich  konigliche  geographische  gesellschaft  in  Wien. 
Vienna.    K.   K.  Geographische  gesellschaft. 
I.  R.  Accademia  di  scienze,  lettere  ed  arti  degli  agiati  in  Rovereto 

with  references  from 
Imperiale  regia  accademia  di  scienze,  lettere  ed  arti  degli  agiati  in 

Rovereto. 
I.   Regia   accademia    di    scienze',    lettere   ed   arti   degli    agiati    in 

Rovereto. 

Rovereto.     I.  R.  Accademia  di  scienze,  lettere  ed  arti  degli  agiati. 
Royal  society  of  Edinburgh 

with  reference  from 
Edinburgh.    Royal  society. 

*Recent  changes  in  the  names  of  many  societies  came  too  late  to  be  noted 
in  the  examples  quoted. 


16  GUIDE  TO  CATALOGUING  SERIAL  PUBLICATIONS 

12.  Affiliated  societies.     Enter  locaLbranches  of  affiliated  socie- 
ties under  the  name  of  the  general  organization  when  this  forms 
part  of  the  name  of  the  local  society.     On  the  other  hand,  local 
branches  having  individual  names  which  do  not  include  the  name 
of  the  general  organization  are  to  be  entered  as  independent  bod- 
ies according  to  the  regular  rule  for  societies,  with  a  reference 
from  the  name  of  the  general  organization.     (A.  L.  A.  79) 

Archaeological  institute  of  America.    Washington  society 
with  references  from 

Archaeological  society  of  Washington. 

Washington  society  of  the  Archaeological  institute  of  America. 
Daughters  of  the  American  revolution.    Massachusetts.    Col.  Tim- 

othy Bigelow  chapter,  Worcester. 

but 
Norumbega   women's   club,   Charlestown,  Mass,     (not   General   fed- 

eration of  women's  clubs.    Norumbega  women's  club,  Charlestown, 

Mass.) 

13.  Religious  denominations,  orders,  f     Enter  the  official  publi- 
cations of  a  religious  denomination  or  order,  i.  e.  confessions  of 
faith,  creeds,  catechisms,  liturgies,  breviaries,  missals,  hours,  of- 
fices, prayer-books,  etc.,  under  the  name  of  the  denomination  or 
order.     (A.  L.  A.  80;  cf.  Eclectic,  195  ;  Cutter,  59.     cf.  also  rule 
42,  Conventions,  conferences)  ,  --, 

Church  of  England.    Book  of  common  prayer.  , 

Catholic  church.    Ijiturgy  and  ritual.    Breviary. 

14.  Political  parties.     Enter  official  publications    (platforms. 
proceedings,  manifestoes,  campaign  books,  etc.)  of  political  par- 
ties under  the  name  of  the  party.    (A.  L.  A.  81  ;  cf.  Eclectic,  195  ; 
Cutter,  59.     cf.  also  rule  42,  Conventions,  conferences) 

Democratic  party.    National  convention,  Chicago,  1884. 

Official  proceedings  of  the  National  Democratic  convention  held 
in  Chicago,  111.,  July  8th,  9th,  10th  and  llth,  1884  ... 

Republican  party.    New  York  (State)     6th  congressional  district. 

Proceedings  of  the  Republican  and  Union  convention  for  the 
Sixth  congressional  district,  held  at  Bleecker  buildings,  Oct.  14, 
1862  ... 

The  publications  of  the  Republican  and  Democratic  congressional  com- 
mittees are  to  be  entered  under  the  names  of  these  committees,  not  under 
the  parties. 

Republican  congressional  committee,  1901-1903. 

fTh'e  recataloguing  of  class  B,  pt.  2,  Religion  and  theology,  which  has 
not  been  begun  systematically  at  ihis  date,  will  probably  call  for  much 
specification  and  some  modification  in  the  treatment  of  the  headings  repre- 
senting religious  bodies.  Foreign  (national)  churches  not  known  under  an 
authorized  or  generally  accepted  English  equivalent  of  the  name  will  be 
entered  under  their  official  vernacular  name  preferably  in  its  simplest 
form.  Supplementary  rules  of  practice  and  illustrations  will  be  issued 
when  the  matter  has  matured  sufficiently. 


C/f  fV,     iA^XUut/—  t*v"Kr»  i* 


lu  i*  Hi 


INSTITUTIONS  (ESTABLISHMENTS) 

(cf.  A.  L.  A.  rules,  1908,  82-99) 

Specification.  This  includes  colleges,  universities,  schools,  libra- 
ries, mercantile  libraries,  museums,  galleries,  observatories,  labo- 
ratories, churches,  cemeteries,  monasteries,  convents,  hospitals, 
asylums,  prisons,  theaters,  chambers  of  commerce,  stock  ex- 
changes, boards  of  trade,  botanical  and  zoological  gardens,  build- 
ings, etc. 

15.  General  rule.     Enter  an  institution  under  the  name  of  the 

..  /AT  A          0-^\ 

place  in  which  it  is  located.     (A.  L.  A.  oZ) 

MHMMtfMHMHtfHHHtNi. 

Boston.    Public  library. 
Manila.    Ateneo 

with  reference  from 
Ateneo  de  Manila. 
Philadelphia.    Children's  hospital 

with  reference  from 
Children's  hospital  of  Philadelphia. 
Paris.     Musee  national  du  Louvre 

with  references  from 

Musee  national  du  Louvre,  Paris.  i  A 

Louvre,  Musde  national  du,  Paris.  t-tu**^,     **vfj_ 

Exceptions,  and  special  rules  for  particular  classes  of  institutions. 

16.  Institutions  of  the  United  States  or  of  the  British  Empire 
whose  names  begin  with  a  proper  noun  or  adjective.    Enter  an 
institution  of  the  United  States  or  of  the  British  Empire,  whose 
name  begins  with  a  proper  noun  or  adjective  under  the  first 
word  of  its  name,  and  refer  from  the  place  where  it  is  located. 
(ATTTA.  83) 

Harvard  university 

with  reference  from 
Cambridge,  Mass.    Harvard  university. 
Corcoran  gallery  of  art,  Washington,  D.  G. 

with  references  from 
Corcoran  art  gallery,  Washington.  D.  C. 
Washington,  D.  C.     Corcoran  gallery  of  art. 
Enoch  Pratt  free  library,  Baltimore 

with  references  from 
Baltimore.    Enoch  Pratt  free  library, 
Pratt  free  library,  Baltimore. 
John  Crerar  library,  Chicago 

with  references  from 
Chicago.    John  Crerar  library. 
Crerar  library,  Chicago. 
Smithsonian  institution 
with  reference  from 

Washington,  D.  C.     Smithsonian  institution. 
Boston  athenaeum. 


39491 0— 29 2 


18  GUIDE  TO  CATALOGUING  SERIAL  PUBLICATIONS 

British  museum 

with  reference  from 
London.    British  museum. 
Norwich  castle  museum,  Norwich,  Eng. 

with  references  from 
Norwich,  Eng.     Norwich  castle  museum. 
Norwich,  Eng.    Castle  museum. 
Auckland  university  college. 
Bristol  museum  and  art  gallery,  Bristol,  Eng. 

with  reference  from 
Bristol,  Eng.     Museum  and  art  gallery. 
Smiley  public  library,  Redlands,  Calif. 

with  references  from 

A.  K.  Smiley  public  library,  Redlands,  Calif. 
Redlands,  Calif.    A.  K.  Smiley  public  library. 
Redlands,  Calif.     Smiley  public  library. 

II  II          P«*C*c  JL+4r*i*A*j 

Colleges  and  other  institutions  named  after  Luther  may  be  regarded  as 
a  group.  The  official  names  vary:  Luther  college,  Martin  Luther  college, 
Dr.  Martin  Luther  college.  To  the  public  outside  of  the  community  where 
they  are  located  the  distinction  is  scarcely  known.  For  practical  reasons, 
therefore,  they  may  well  be  entered  under  the  conventional  form  of  name: 
Luther  college,  followed  by  name  of  place,  with  references  from  the  official 
form. 


I/ 
*V 


Luther  college,  New  Vim,  Minn. 

ivith  references  from 
Dr.  Martin  Luther  college. 
Martin  Luther  college. 
New  Ulm,  Minn.     Dr.  Martin  Luther  college. 

17.  Foreign  institutions  whose  names  begin  with  a  proper  noun 
or  adjective.  Enter  a  foreign  institution  whose  name  begins  with 
a  proper  noun  or  adjective  under  the  name  of  the  place  where  it 
is  located.  (A.  L.  A.  83)  "" 

Cologne.    Rautenstrauch-Joest  museum 

with  references  from 
Rautenstrauch-Joest  museum,  Cologne. 
Joest  museum,  Cologne. 

Frankfurt  am  Main.    Stadelsches  kunstinstitut 

with  reference  from 
.  Stadelsches  kunstinstitut,  Frankfurt  am  Main. 

Abo,  Finland.    Stads  historiska  museum 

with  reference  from 
Abo  stads  historiska  museum. 
Nuremberg.    Bayerisches  gewerbemuseum 

with  reference  from 

Bayerisches  gewerbemuseum,  Nuremberg. 
Nuremberg.     Germanisches  nationalmuseum 

with  reference  from 

Germanisches  nationalmuseum,  Nuremberg. 
Vienna.    Suppen-  und  thee  anstalt 

with  references  from 

Vienna.     Wiener  stippen-  und  thee  anstalt. 
Wiener  suppen-  und  thee  anstalt. 

Exceptions  may  be  made  occasionally  in  favor  of  entry  under  actual 
ame. 


name 


Bergens  museum,  Bergen,  Norway. 
Tromsd  museum,  Tromtt,  Norway. 


INSTITUTIONS  19 

18.  Chambers  of  commerce,  stock,  produce,  and  other  exchanges, 
and  boards  of  trade.    Enter  national  chambers  of  commerce  under 
the  name.     Enter  local  chambers  ^Fcommerce.  stock,  produce, 
and  other  exchanges,  and  boards  of  trade  under  the  place. 

Chamber  of  commerce  of  the  United  States  of  America. 
American  chamber  of  commerce  in  Paris. 
Swedish  chamber  of  commerce  in  New  York. 
London.    Chamber  of  commerce. 
Amsterdam.    Kamer  van  koophandel  en  fabrieken. 
Montreal.    Stock  exchange. 
Washington,  D.  C.    Stock  exchange 
with  reference  from 

Washington  stock  exchange,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Salt  Lake  City.    Stock  and  mining  exchange 
with  reference  from 

Salt  Lake  stock  and  mining  exchange. 
Boston.    Board  of  trade. 
Lowell,  Mass.    Board  of  trade. 
Vienna.    Borse. 

with  references  from 

Wiener  borse. 

Vienna.     Wiener  borse. 

19.  Colleges  or  professional  schools  of  a  university.     Enter  the 
colleges  of  a  British  university  and  the  professional  schools  which 
form  an  integral  part  of  an  American  university  under  the  name 
of  the  university,  with  the  name  of  the  college  or  school  as  sub- 
heading.   Refer  from  the  name  of  the  college  or  school.    (A.  L.  A. 
84) 

Oxford.    University.    Balliol  college.     #•  *f~  faj+»C    1*+ 
Yale  university.    Sheffield  scientific  school.  7 

Cornell  university.    Siblcy  college  of  mechanical  engineering  andl 
the  mechanic  arts. 

professional  schools  whose  names  begin  with  3  proper  nourj  or  adjective, 
maV_B_fl  efltered  under  their  own  names,  particularly  if  they  are  situated  at 
a  distance  from  the  university  ot  which  they  form  a  part,  have  merely  a 
nominal  connection  with  it,  or  for  other  reasons  are  unlikely  to  be  looked 
for  under  its  name.  Cases  in  point  are  some  of  the  American  schools 
which,  originally  independent,  have  later  affiliated  with  or  become  depart- 
ments of  a  university. 

St.  Ignatius  college,  Chicago 

with  reference  from 
St.  Louis  university. 

20.  College  or  university  institutions.    Enter  college  and  uni- 
versity libraries,  museums,  laboratories,  observatories,  hospitals, 
shops,  and  similar  institutions  under  the  name  of  the  college  or 
university.*  (A.  L.  A.  85) 

Paris.    Universite.    Bibliotfyeque. 

Columbia  university.    Observatory. 

Harvard    university.    Peabody    museum    of   American   archaeology 

and  ethnology. 

Chicago.     University.    Hull  physiological  laboratory. 
Berlin.    Universitat.    Institut  fiir  meereskunde. 


v          ( 


20  GUIDE  TO  CATALOGUING  SERIAL,  PUBLICATIONS 

21.  Public  schools.     Enter  all  schools jsupported  by  taxation  un- 
der the  name  of  the  place  and  refer  from  the  name  of  the  school. 
CA.  "L.  A.  86) 

New  York.    Morris  high  school 

with  reference  from 
Morris  high  school,  New  York. 
Minneapolis.    Lincoln  school 

with  reference  from 
Lincoln  school,  Minneapolis. 
Paris.    Lycee  Janson-de-Sailly 

with  references  from 
Lycee  Janson-de-Sailly,  Paris. 
Janson-de-Sailly,  Lycee,  Paris. 
Leipzig.    Thomasschule 
with  reference  from 
Thomasschule,  Leipzig. 
Edinburgh.    Sciennes  school 

with  reference  from 
Sciennes  school,  Edinburgh. 

22.  Private  schools. 

a.  Enter  American  and  British  private  schools  under  the  name 
when  this  begins  with  a  proper  noun  or  adjective,  otherwise  un- 
der the  place.     (A.  L,.  A.  87) 

Balliol  school,  Utica,  N.  Y. 

Copeland  school,  Saratoga  Springs,  N.  Y. 

but 
Washington,  D.  C.    National  cathedral  school  for  girls 

with  references  from 

Cathedral  school  for  girls,  Washington,  D.  C. 
National  cathedral  school  for  girls,  Washington,  D.  C. 

When  a  school  is  known  only  by  the  name  of  the  proprietor, 
enter  under  his  name. 

Chesborough,  A.  J.,  school. 

b.  Enter  foreign  private  schools  under  the  place  where  located, 
with  reference  from  the  name  of  the  school  or  the  proprietor. 

Christiania.    Nissens  skole 

with  reference  from 
Nissens  skole,  Christiania. 
Milan.    Istituto  private  Robiati 

with  reference  from  _ 

Robiati,  Ambrogio. 

23.  Indian  schools  (IT.  S.)     Enter  Indian  schools  of  the  U.  S. 
Indian  service  and  denominational  and  private  schools  which  re- 
ceive government  support,  under  the  name  of  the  place  where 
located.     Refer  from  the  name  of  the  school.     For  information 
and  lists  of  schools  cf.  reports  of  the  commissioner  of  Indian 
affairs.     (A.  L.  A.  88) 

Carlisle,  Pa.    United  States  Indian  school. 
Pipestone,  Minn.    Indian  training  schooL 
Phoenix,  Ariz.    United  States  Indian  industrial  school. 
Morris,  Minn.    Indian  school. 


INSTITUTIONS  21 

Private  Indian  schools  not  a  part  of  the  U.  S.  Indian  service 
and  not  receiving  government  support  are  to  be  entered  accord- 
ing to  the  general  rule  for  Private  schools  (22)  —  ts>~i 

t  i-fi  Cf-  ££-. 

24.  Private  collections. 

a.  Enter  catalogues,  lists,  etc..  of  private  collections  (libraries, 
art  glHTelrfes^  numismatic  cabinets,  stamp  collections,  etc.)  under 
the  name  of  the  owner  of  the  collection,  with  added  entry  under 
tHe  name  of  the  author  (compiler)  of  the  work,  and  under  place 
when  known  also  by  the  latter.     (A.  L.  A.  89) 

Walters,  William  Thompson.    Oriental  collection  of  W.  T.  Walters, 

65  Mt.  Vernon  place,  Baltimore. 
Brinley,   George.     Catalogue   of   the  American   library   of   the   late 

George  Brinley.     (By  Dr.  James  Hammond  Trumbullj 
Added  entry:  Trumbull,  James  Hammond. 

b.  When  a  private  collection  has  passed  into  the  possession  of 
some  institution,  society,  or  other  body,_entry  for  all  g^bspgnent  __ 

jmblicatipns  is  to  be  made  under  the  name  of  that  Ibody,  with  P«$-  « 
erenceTTFom~the  name  of  the  collection  and  the  original  collector. 
Publications  issued  before  the  change  of  ownership  are  to  have 
added  entry  under  the  name  of  the  institution  or  other  body  into 
whose  possession  the  collection  has  passed. 

Boston.    Public  library.    Prince  collection   * 

with  references  from 
Prince  collection,  Boston  public  library. 
Prince,  Thomas.  :=.   /"  .,  y  t  *     -  ••> 

Victoria  and  Albert  museum,  South  Kensington.    Dyce  collection 

with  references  from  ~.  A,£ 

Dyce  collection,  Victoria  and  Albert  museum.     tlc-C+*+*t<**'  %J 
Dyce,  Alexander.  -  ^//^     *,*"-.,  *~  Srftc- ,  **+£• 

25.  National  institutions.    National  institutions   (often  desig- 
nated as  Imperial,  Royal,  National,  and  the  like)  which  include  in 
their  names  the  name  of  the  country,  and  therefore  tend  to  be- 
come better  known  by  the  name  of  the  country  than  by  that  of  the 
place  where  they  are  located,  are  to  be  entered  under  the  name 
of  the  country.     The  name  of  the  city  or  town  is  to  be  added  in 
the  heading.     In  doubtful  cases  enter  under  the  city  or  town. 
(A.  L.  A.  90) 

Peru.    Biblioteca  nacional,  Lima 

with  reference  from 
Lima.     Biblioteca  nacional  del  Peru. 

Victoria,  Australia.    Public  library,  museums  and  national  gallery, 
Melbourne. 

with  reference  from 
Melbourne.     Public    library,    museums    and    national    gallery   of 

Victoria. 
New  South  Wales.     Public  library,  Sydney 

with  reference  from 
Sydney.     Public  library  of  New  South  Wales. 

26.  American  state  institutions.      Enter  American  state  insti- 
tutions (universities,  libraries,  etc.)  under  the  name  of  the  state. 
If  the  name  of  the  institution  begins  with  the  name  of  the  state. 


x) 


22  GUIDE  TO  CATALOGUING  SERIAL  PUBLICATIONS 

that  form  is  to  be  used  without  the  insertion  of  the  period ;  if  not, 
the  name  of  the  state  is  to  be  followed  by  period,  and  the  next 
word  is  to  be  capitalized,  denoting  an  inversion.  (A.  L,.  A.  91) 

California.    University 

with  references  from 
University  of  California. 
Berkeley,  Calif.    University  of  California. 
Ohio  state  university,  Columbus 

with  reference  from 
Columbus.     Ohio  state  university. 
Massachusetts.    State  library,  Boston 

with  references  from 
State  library  of  Massachusetts,  Boston. 
Boston.     State  library  of  Massachusetts. 
Illinois.    Asylum  for  insane  criminals,  Chester 

with  references  from 
Asylum  for  insane  criminals,  Chester,  III. 
Chester,  111.    Asylum  for  insane  criminals. 

There  are  certain  institutions  which,  although  not  strictly  official,  *.  e. 
maintained  and  controlled  by  the  state,  are,  on  account  of  their  names, 
most  frequently  looked  for  under  the  name  of  the  state.  These  may  best 
be  entered  according  to  the  above  rule. 

Pennsylvania.    University 

with  reference  from 
University  of  Pennsylvania. 

27.  Agricultural  experiment  stations   (TT.   S.)     Enter  agricul- 
tural experiment  stations  of  the  United  States  under  the  name  of 
the  state  or  territory  in  which  they  are  organized.     Include  in  the 
heading  the  name  of  the  place  where  the  station  is  located.    Refer 
from  the  university  or  college  of  which  the  station  may  form  a 
department,  from  the  name  of  the  station,  if  it  is  at  all  distinctive, 
and  from  the  name  of  the  place  where  it  is  located.    (A.  L.  A.  92) 

New  York.    Agricultural  experiment  station,  Geneva 

with  reference  from 

Geneva,  N.  Y.    Agricultural  experiment  station. 
New  York.    Agricultural  experiment  station,  Ithaca 

with  references  from 

Cornell  university.    Agricultural- experiment  station. 
Ithaca,  N.  Y.    Agricultural  experiment  station. 
Porto  Rico.    Agricultural  experiment  station,  Mayaguez 

with  reference  from 
Mayaguez,  Porto  Rico.    Agricultural  experiment  station. 

28.  Universities,  galleries,  etc.,  called  Imperial,  Royal,  etc.     En- 
jef  universities,  galleries,  etc.,  called  Imperial,  Royal,  National, 
and  the  like, junderjthe  name  jpj^hg.,  place. .jyhgrejocated:,.   The 
adjective  denoting  royal  privilege,  etc.,  is  to  be  abbreviated  and 
disregarded  in  arrangement,  except  in  English  names.     The  ad- 
jective denoting  a  national  body  in  Dutch  names  is  not  to  be  ab- 
breviated.    (A.  L.  A.  93)     cf.  11,  Learned  academies  (A.  L.  A. 
78) 

Florence.    R.  Galleria  degli  Uffizi 

with  references  from 
Reale  galleria  degli  Uffizi,  Florence. 
Uffizi,  R.  Galleria  degli,  Florence. 


INSTITUTIONS  23 

London.    National  gallery 

with  reference  from 
National  gallery,  London. 

Amsterdam.    K.  Paleis 

with  references  from 
Koninklijk  paleis,  Amsterdam. 
Amsterdam.     Koninklijk  paleis. 

but 

Leyden.    Rijks  museum  van  natuurlijke  historic. 
Leyden.    Rijks  universiteit. 

The  full  corporate  names  of  the  universities  of  continental  Europe  are 
little  used  even  in  official  literature,  and  are  hence  practically  unknown. 
Entry  is  therefore  made  under  the  place  followed  by  the  simple  form  of 
name  in  current  use. 

Christiania.     Universitet 
with,  reference  from 

Kongelige  Frederiks  universitet,  Christiania. 
Heidelberg.    Universitat 
with  reference  from 
Grossherzogliche   Ruprecht-Karls   universitat   zu    Heidelberg. 

Kief.    Universitet 

with  reference  from 
Imperatorsku  universitet  Sviatago  Vladimira. 

29.  Observatories.    ^Jj£n|er  observatories  under  the  riame.of^the 

place  unless  they  form  a  part  of  a  university,  college,  or  other 
institution,  in  which  case  they  are  to  be  treated  according  to  rule 
20.  (A.  L.  A.  94,  85) 

Greenwich,  Eng.    Royal  observatory 

with  reference  from 
Royal  observatory,  Greenwich. 

Paris.     Observatoire 

with  references  from 
Observatoire  de  Paris. 
Observatoire  royal  de  Paris. 
Observatoire  imperial  de  Paris. 
Kalocsa,  Hungary.    Haynald  observatorium 

with  reference  from 
Haynald  observatorium,  Kalocsa,  Hungary. 

but 
Wisconsin.    University.     Washburn  observatory 

with  references  from 
Washburn  observatory,  Madison,  Wis. 
Madison,  Wis.    Washburn  observatory. 
Michigan.    University.    Detroit  observatory 

with  references  from 
Detroit  observatory,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich. 
Ann  Arbor,  Mich.     Detroit  observatory. 
Observatory  of  the  University  of  Michigan. 

Carnegie  institution  of  Washington.    Solar  observatory,  Mt.  Wil- 
son, Calif.  •£ 

with  references  from 

Solar  observatory,  Mt.  Wilson,  Calif.  ^^f  /*    i ,-/ 

Wilson,  Mt.,  Calif.    Solar  observatory.        / 

Exception  may  be  made  in  case  the  observatory  is  much  more  likely  to 
be  looked  for  under  its  own  name  than  under  that  of  the  place  or  of  the 
institution  of  which  it  forms  a  part. 


24 

Lick  observatory 

with  reference  from 

California.    University.    Lick  observatory. 
Allegheny  observatory 

with  reference  from 
Allegheny,  Pa.    Western  university  of  Pennsylvania.    Allegheny 

observatory. 
Yerkes  observatory 

with  reference  from 
Chicago.    University.    Yerkes  observatory. 

30.  Botanical  and  zoological  gardens.   JEnter  botanical  and  zoo- 
logical gardens  under  the  name  of  the  place  where  located,  with 
llic  following  exceptions: 

1.  When  distinctly  a  part  of  some  university  or  school  enter 
under  the  name  of  the  university  or  school. 

2.  When  owned  or  controlled  by  a  society  and  constantly  re- 
ferred to  by  its  name,  enter  under  the  society. 

3.  When  private  property,  enter  under  the  name  of  the  owner 
of  the  estate. 

Botanical  and  zoological  gardens  whose  names  are  preceded  by 
the  titular  designations  Imperial,  Royal,  National,  etc.,  are  to  be 
entered  according  to  this  rule,  even  when  supported  wholly  or  in 
part  by  public  funds.  (A.  L.  A:  95) 

General  rule. 

Cincinnati.    Zoological  garden.  I   ' 

Brussels.    Jardin  botanique  <T»tat.    JtA,    O 
Eew.    Royal  gardens. 

Exception  1. 

Cambridge.    University.    Botanic  garden. 
Miinden.     Forstakademie.    Botanitcher  garten. 

Exception  2. 

Royal  society  of  Tasmania,  Hobart.    Garden*. 
Zoological  society  of  Philadelphia.    Garden. 
Zoological  society  of  London.    Gardens. 

Exception  3. 

Aksakov  botanic  garden. 
Croome  Court  botanical  garden. 

31.  Churches.     Enter  all  churches  under  the  name  of  the  place. 
(A.  L.  A.  96) 

London.    St.  Paul's  cathedral 

with  reference  from 
St.  Paul's  cathedral,  London. 
Paris.    Notre-Dame  (Cathedral) 

with  reference  from 
Notre-Dame  de  Paris. 

Boston.      Trinity  church 

with  reference  from 
Trinity  church,  Boston. 

32.  Cemeteries.   ..Enter  local  cemeteries  under  place.    £ity  cem- 
eteries located  at  a  distance  from  the  city,  under  the  name  of  the 


INSTITUTIONS  25 

cemetery,  adding  the  name  of  the  city.  Reports  issued  by  ceme- 
tery associations  are  to  be  entered  under  the  name  of  the  ceme- 
tery, with  reference  from  the  name  of  the  association. 

Boston.    South  burying  ground. 

New  York.    Calvary  cemetery. 

New  York  cemetery  of  New  Jersey,  Hackensack. 

Arlington,  Va.    National  cemetery. 

Fort  Monroe,  Va.    National  cemetery. 

Mt.  Auburn  cemetery,  Cambridge,  Mass. 

33.  Hospitals  and  charitable  institutions.  (Supplementing 
rules  15,  16,  31,  and  34)  Enter  hospitals  and  charitable  institu- 
tions under  the  name  of  the  place  and  refer  from  the  name  of  trie 
institution.  (For  exceptions  cf.  rules  25,  National  institutions; 
26,  American  state  institutions;  20,  College  or  university  institu- 
tions) 

Clinton,  S.  C.    Thornwell  orphanage 

with  reference  from 
Thornwell  orphanage,  Clinton,  S.  C. 
Cleveland  Jewish  orphan  asylum 

with  reference  from 
Jewish  orphan  asylum,  Cleveland. 

Boston.    Gwynne  temporary  home  for  children 

with  reference  from 

Gwynne  temporary  home  for  children,  Boston. 
Cincinnati.    Glenn  industrial  home 

with  reference  from 
Glenn  industrial  home,  Cincinnati. 
Southampton,  Eng.    Hartley  institution 

with  reference^  from 
Hartley  institution,  Southampton,  Eng. 
New  York.    Five  Points  house  of  industry 

with  reference  from  . 

Five  Points  house  of  industry,  New  York. 
Gratz.    Anna-kinderspital 

with  reference  from 
Anna-kinderspital,  Gratz. 
Philadelphia.    St.  Martha's  house 

with  reference  from 
St.  Martha's  house,  Philadelphia. 
London.    St.  Bartholomew's  hospital 

with  reference  from 
St.  Bartholomew's  hospital,  London. 
Gaustad  sindssygeasyl 

with  reference  from 
Norway.     Sindssygeasyl,  Gaustad. 

but 
New  York.    State  hospital,  Utica 

with  reference  from 
Utica.    State  hospital. 
Nottinghamshire.    County  asylum,  Radcliffe-upon-Trent 

with  references  from 

RadclifFe-upon-Trent,  Eng.    County  asylum. 
Sneinton,  Eng.    Lunatic  asylum. 

34.  Monasteries,  abbeys,  convents,  etc. 

1.  Enter  monasteries,  abbeys,  convents,  priories,  etc.,  which  are 


26  GUIDE  TO  CATALOGUING  SERIAL,  PUBLICATIONS 

located  in  a  city  or  town,  under  the  name  of  the  place,  and  refer 
from  the  name  of  the  institutidru     (A.  I,.  A".  97J'" 

Angers,  France.     Saint-Aubin  (Benedictine  abbey) 
Kerity,  France.     Beauport  Premonstratensian  monastery) 
Vienna.    Unsere  Liebe  Frau  zu  den  Schotten  (Benedictine  abbey) 

2.  When  a  village  or  town  has  grown  up  around  a  monastic 
institution  and  bears  the  same  name,  the  entry  is  to  take  the  fol- 
lowing form  : 

Fulda,  Ger.  (Benedictine  monastery) 
Einsiedeln,  Switzerland  (Benedictine  monastery) 
St.  Gall,  Switzerland  (Benedictine  monastery) 
Gorze,  Alsace-Lorraine  (Benedictine  abbey) 
Clairmarais,  France  (Cistercian  abbey) 

as  distinct  from 
Fulda,  Ger.  (City) 
Einsiedeln,  Switzerland  (City) 
St.  Gall,  Switzerland  (Canton) 
St.  Gall,  Switzerland  (City) 

etc.,  etc. 

3.  A  monastery  or  other  monastic  institution  not  located  in  a 
city,  town,  or  village  is  to  be  entered  under  its  own  name. 

Grande-Chartreuse  (Monastery) 

Monte  Cassino  (Benedictine  monastery) 

4.  Enter  British  abbeys,  priories,  etc.,  as  follows: 
Bury  St.  Edmunds  (Abbey) 

Ely  monastery. 
Tintern  abbey. 

35.  National  banks.    Enter  national  banks  designated  merely 
by  number,  or  without  any  special  designation,  tinder  the  place. 
fA.  L.  A.  98) 

Philadelphia.    First  national  bank. 
Vergennes,  Vt.    National  bank. 

Enter  other  banking  institutions  under  firm,  association,  or  cor- 
porate name.     (cf.  46,  Firms) 
Bank  of  England. 
Suffolk  bank,  Boston. 
Banque  de  France. 
Schweizerische  nationalbank. 

36.  Carnegie    and   similar   public    libraries.     Enter^  Carnegie, 
Passmore-Edwards,  and  similar  public  libraries^  under  .the,  name 
of  the  place,  and  refer  from  the  name  of  the  library.     (A..L.  A. 


Pittsburgh.    Carnegie  library. 

The  reason  for  this  exception  to  an  -exception  (cf.  16)  is  that  the  Car- 
negie and  to  a  less  extent  the  Passmore-Edwards  and  similar  libraries, 
because  of  their  number  as  well  as  the  nature  of  their  grants  and  endow- 
ments, tend  to  become  much  better  known,  at  least  outside  of  their  own 
immediate  neighborhood,  by  the  name  of  the  city  in  which  they  are  located, 
than  by  their  own  names.  Where  only  the  building  is  a  private  donation, 
the  library  being  otherwise  endowed  and  supported  by  public  taxation,  the 
presumption  is  particularly  strong  in  favor  of  entry  under  the  place. 


MISCELLANEOUS  BODIES  OR  ORGANIZATIONS 
NOT  PROVIDED  FOR  IN  RULES  1-36 

(cf.  A.  L.  A.  rules,  1908,  100-111) 

Specification.  This  includes  conferences,  congresses,  exhibi- 
tions, and  other  occasional  meetings,  firms,  and  other  business 
concerns,  committees  and  classes  of  citizens  not  belonging  to  any 
body  or  organization,  ecclesiastical  councils,  foundations  and  en- 
dowments, expeditions,  etc. 

37.  Diplomatic  congresses.  Enter  diplomatic  congresses  under. 
the  name  of  the  place  of  meeting,  with  reference  from  any  name 
T5y~  which  they  are  popularly  known.  (A.  L.  A.  100) 

Rastatt.    Congress,  1797-1799. 

Vienna.    Congress,  1814-1815. 

Verona.     Congress,   1822. 

Paris.    Congress,  1857. 

Berlin.    Congress,  1878. 

Hague.    International  peace  conference,  1899. 

Algeciras.    International  conference  on  Moroccan  affairs,  1906. 


38.  International  meetings.  J^j^r  Jjrrjterna^ 
ferences,  and  congresses,  of  private  persons,  under  their  English 
_names  provided  their  publications  have  appeared  in  English  or 
that  language  is  specified  as  one  of  the  official  languages  of  the 
conference.  J[n  other  cases  enter  under  the  name  in  the  language 
in  which  most  of  the  publications  have  appeared,  or  when  this 
cannot  be  ascertained,  under  trie  name  by  which  the  conference  is 
best  known.  Make  references  from  all  other  forms  of  name,  and 
from  the  place  where  each  congress  has  been  held.  (A.  L.  A.  101) 


International  congress  of  Orientalists 

with  references  from  9   friA^^tf   &* 

Orientalists,  International  congress  of. 
Congres  international  des  orientalistes. 
Internationaler  orientalisten  congress. 

etc.,  etc. 
International  geographical  congress.    1st,  Antwerp,  1871 

with  references  from 
Congres  international  pour  le  progres  des  sciences  geographiques 

cosmographiques  et  commerciales. 
Congres  international  de  geographic. 
*  Antwerp.     Congres    international    pour    le    progres    des    sciences 

geographiques,  cosmographiques  et  commerciales,  1st,  1871. 
International  geographical  congress.    .2d,  Paris,  1875 

with  reference  from 

Paris.     Congres  international  de  geographic,  2d,  1875. 
International  geographical  congress.    Sd,  Venice,  1881 

with  references  from 
Congresso  geografico  internazionale. 
Congresso  internazionale  geografico. 
Venice.     Congresso  geografico  internationale,  3d,  1881. 

27 


wtA^  •  .TV**-,    S4/M. 


28  GUIDE  TO  CATALOGUING  SERIAL  PUBLICATIONS 

International  geographical  congress.    4th,  Paris,  1889 

with  reference  from 

Paris.    Congres  international  de  geographic,  4th,  1889. 
International  geographical  congress.    5th,  Bern,  1891 

with  reference  from 

Bern.     Congres  international  de  geographic,  5th,  1891. 
International  geographical  congress.    6th,  London,  1895 

with  reference  from 

London.    International  geographical  congress,  6th,  1895. 
International  geographical  congress.    1th,  Berlin,  1899 

with  references  from 
Internationaler  geographen-kongress. 
Berlin.     Internationaler  geographen-kongress,  7th,  1899. 
International  geographical  congress.    8th,  Washington,  D.  C.,  1904 

with  reference  from 
Washington,  D.  C.     International  geographical  congress,  8th,  1904. 

International  geographical  congress.    9th,  Geneva,  1908 

with  reference  from 

Geneva.    Congres  international  de  geographic,  9th,  1908. 
International  geographical  congress.    10th,  Rome,  1913 

with  reference  from 

Rome  (City)     Congresso  internazionale  di  geografia,  10th,  1913. 
etc.,  etc. 

If  the  numbering  of  the  congresses  is  very  irregular,  as  in  the 
case  of  the  International  congress  of  hygiene  and  demography, 
the  numbers  are  to  be  omitted  from  the  heading,  and  an  informa- 
tion card,  stating  the  sequence  of  the  congresses  may  be  printed. 

International  congress  of  hygiene  and  demography. 

ilsti  Brussels,  1852  (Congres  general  d'hygiene)  ' 

[2di  Brussels,  1876  (Congres  international  d'hygiene) 

(3d)  Paris,  1878  (Congres  international  d'hygiene) 

[4thj  Turin,  1880. 

iSthi  Geneva,  1882  (Congres  international  d'hygiene  et  de  de"mo- 
graphie) 

[6th]  The  Hague,  1884  (Congres  international  d'hygiene  et  de 
demographic) 

i7thi  Vienna,  1887  (Internationaler  congress  ...) 

i8th]  Paris,  1889. 

[9thi  London,  1891   (International  congress  ...) 

[10th]  Budapest,  1894  (NemzetkSzi  k8zegeszsegi  es  demografial 
congressus) 

illth]  Madrid,  1898  (Congreso  internacional  de  higiene  y  de- 
mografia) 

r!2rhi  Paris,   1900. 

13th,  Brussels,  1903. 

14th,  Berlin,  1907. 

15th,  Washington,  1912. 

The  first  three  congresses  (1852,  1876,  1878)  were  originally  not 
numbered ;  the  congresses  held  1880-1900  were  numbered  3d-10th 
with  reference  to  the  Brussels  congress,  1876,  as  the  first,  and 
leaving  out  of  the  count  the  Brussels  congress,  1852,  and  the  Paris 
congress,  1889.  At  the  Brussels  congress,  1903,  the  present  number- 
ing was  adopted.  (The  numbers  are  not  used  in  the  heading) 

15-28278 

For  examples  of  congresses  whose  publications  were  issued  in 
complicated  form,  cf.  International  road  congress  (14-8987, 


MISCELLANEOUS  BODIES 


29 


14-8988)  ;  International  congress  of  navigation.     12th,  Philadel- 
phia, 1912.     (12-29674-5) 

39.  Exhibitions,  etc.    Enter  general  exhibitions,  fairs,  bazaars, 
etc.,  under  the  name  ofthe  place  where  they  are  held,  and  refer 
from  the  official  title  and  any  other  names  by  which  the  exhibi- 
tion is  generally  known.     (A.  L,.  A.  102) 

Philadelphia.     Centennial  exhibition,  1876. 

New  Orleans.    World's  industrial  and  cotton  centennial  exposition, 

1884-1885. 

Chicago.    World's  Columbian  exposition,  1893. 
Buffalo.    Pan-American  exposition,  1901. 
London.    Franco-British  exhibition,  1908. 

This  rule  applies  to  the  official  publications  of  an  exhibition.  Catalogues 
or  descriptions  of  exhibits  and  other  material  published  by  commissions 
from  the  contributing  countries,  business  firms,  or  other  contributors,  are 
to  be  entered  under  the  bodies  or  persons  issuing  them. 

U.  S.  Board  of  management  of  government  exhibit,  Tennessee 
centennial  exposition,  1897.  ...  Report  on  the  United  States  govern- 
ment exhibit  at  the  Tennessee  centennial  exposition,  Nashville,  1897. 

40.  Exhibitions  held  by  societies  or  other  bodies.    Exhibitions, 
fairs,  bazaars,  etc.,  held  by  or  under  the  auspices  of  some  society- 
or  institution  or  in  connection  with  an  international  or  other  con- 
gress, especially  when  they  are  numbered  and  occur  at  more  or 
less  regular  intervals  in  different  places,  are  to  be  entered  under 
the_name  of  the  body  or  congress,  with  reference  from  the  name 
of  the  place,  and  from  the  name  of  the  exhibition  when  this  is  at 
all  distinctive.     (A.  L.  A.  103) 

Grolier  club,  New  York.  Catalogue  of  an  exhibition  of  French 
engravings  of  the  eighteenth  century  ...  exhibited  at  the  Grolier 
club  ...  MDCCCCV. 

Franklin  institute,  Philadelphia.  Report  of  the  ...  exhibition  of 
American  manufactures,  held  in  the  city  of  Philadelphia  ...  by  the 
Franklin  institute. 

California  state  agricultural  society.  Official  report  ...  annual 
agricultural  fair. 

Licking  County  (0.)  agricultural  society.    Premium  list  and  re 
lations  for  the  annual  fair.  yj  y* 

41.  Ecclesiastical  councils,    ^nj^gr  ecclesiastical  councils  of  the    . 
Catholic  church,  both  general  and  special,  under  the  name  of  the 
place  of  meeting.    Treat  in  like  manner  councils,  conferences,  and  *^ik*^ 
synods  of  other  religious  bodies,  provided  the  official  representa-  .#/.  t 
tion  is  not  limited  to  one  denomination  or  sect.     In  the  latter  case. 
enter  according  to  rule  42.     (A.  L.  A.  104,  105) 

Nicaea,  Council  of,  325. 
Ephesus,  Council  of,  431. 
Trent,  Council  of,  1545-1563. 

Enter  Lateran  councils,  Vatican  council,  under  Lateran,  Vatican,  not 
under  Rome. 

42.  Conventions,  conferences/-  \rWtttn~  fy  *8 

1.  Enter  conventions,  conferences,  and  assemblies  of  societies, 
political  parties,  religious  denominations,  etc.,  under  the  names  of 


GUIDE  TO  CATALOGUING.  SERIAL  PUBLICATIONS 


these  bodies,     r/.  also  rules  13,  Religious  denominations,  orders. 


ow7l4,  Political  parties.     (A.  L.  A.  105,  80,  81)  | 

International  co-operative  alliance.    2d  congress,  Paris,  1896. 
Presbyterian  church  in  the  U.  S.  A.    General  assembly. 

a/c  2.  Enter  conventions  and  conferences  of  bodies  which  have  no 
existence  beyond  the  convention  under  the  name  of  the  conven- 
tion. If  no  name  can  be  found,  enter  under  the  place  of  meeting 
and  supply  a  name  descriptive  of  the  character  of  the  convention. 

International  congress  of  arts  and  science,  St.  Louis,  1904. 

but 

Syracuse,  N.  Y.    Convention  of  mechanics  and  others,  1850. 
Boston.    Woman's  rights  meeting,  1859. 
(cf.  A.  L.  A.  rules  69,  Constitutional  conventions) 

43.  Committees  and  meetings  of  citizens.     Enter  reports  of 
meetings  or  committees  of  citizens  not  belonging  to  any  named 
body  or  class  and  having  no  definite  name,  ,under  the  name  of  the 
place  with  subheading  Citizens.     Make  reference  or  added  entry 
under  the  name  of  the  chairman  or  first  signer.     (A.  L.  A.  106) 

Albany.  Citizens.  Proceedings  of  a  meeting  of  citizens  of  the 
city  of  Albany,  held  Nov.  27,  1847,  for  the  purpose  of  promoting  a 
system  of  literary  and  scientific  international  exchanges. 

Boston.  Citizens.  Address  ^  of  the  committee  appointed  by  a 
public  meeting,  held  at  Faneuil  hall,  September  24,  1846,  for  the 
purpose  of  considering  the  recent  case  of  kidnapping  from  our 
soil  ... 

44.  Classes  of  citizens.     Enter  anonymous  publications  of  any 
class  of  citizens  (not  organized)  under  the  name  of  the  place 
with  the  name  of  the  class  as  subheading.     (A.  L,.  A.  107) 

Baltimore.    Merchants. 
Washington,  P.  C.    Bar. 

45.  Boards,  trustees,  etc.     Enter  bodies  whose  legal  names  be- 
gin with  such  words  as  Board,  Corporation,  Trustees,  jjnder  the 
names  of  the .  institutions  or  bodies  over  which  thev  exercise 
supervision.      (A.  L.  A.  108) 

Harvard  university.    Board  of  overseers. 
British  museum.     Trustees. 

If,  however,  a  board  is  organized  to  administer  the  combined  funds  of 
several  bodies,  it  is  to  be  entered  under  its  own  name. 

Board  of  trustees  of  the  relief  and  Red  cross  funds. 

46.  Firms.*     Enter  firms  under  surnames   rather  than   fore- 
names, giving  forenames  or  initials  according  to  the  usage  of  the 
firm. 

Ward,  Montgomery,  &  co.  »SM/v>   I?  "Vw  . 

with  reference  front 
Montgomery  Ward  &  co. 
Appleton,  D.f  &  co.,  not  Appleton,  Daniel,  &  co. 
Wilson,  H.  W.,  -firm,  publishers 

*cf.  A.  L.  A.  rules,  60,  note. 


MISCELLANEOUS  BODIES 


31 


In  dealing  with  a  large  number  of  entries,  where  slight  changes 
in  the  name  are  frequent,  the  following  form  of  heading  may 
prove  serviceable.  (A.  L.  A.  109) 

Scribner,  firm,  publishers,  New  York. 

(1905.    Charles  Scribner's  sons) 

The  date  in  the  second  line  is  the  date  of  publication  of  the  book 
catalogued,  x  «Uvx^JL  A-  -d/v»"*— 

47.  Foundations,  endowments,  funds.     Enter  foundations  and 
endowments,  funds,  etc.,  under  their  names.     (A.  L.  A.. 110) 

Carnegie  institution  of  Washington. 
Egypt  exploration  fund. 
Nobelstiftelsen,  /Stockholm. 
Carlsbergfondet,  Copenhagen. 
Teyler's  stichting,  Haarlem. 

Endowments  and  special  funds  of  institutions  (universities,  colleges, 
etc.)  are  usually  to  be  entered  under  the  institution,  with  a  reference  from 
the  name  of  the  fund. 

Michigan.    University.    Harri*  memorial  trust 

with  reference  from 
Harris  memorial  trust. 
Smithsonian  institution.    Hodgkins  fund 

•with  reference  from 
Hodgkins  fund. 

48.  Exploring  expeditions. 

a.  Enter  under  their  authors  or  compilers  accounts  or  publica- 
tions of  results  of  exploring  expeditions,  when  the  work  is  clearly 
the  production  of  one  person  or  of  two  or  more  persons  working 
"in  conjunction.      (A.  L.  A.  Ill) 

Wilkes,  Charles.  Narrative  of  the  United  States  exploring  ex- 
pedition during  the  years  1838-1842.  By  Charles  Wilkes. 

Grenard,  Fernand.  Mission  Dutreuil  de  Rhins  dans  la  haute  Asie. 
Le  Tibet;  le  pays  et  les  habitants,  par  F.  Grenard  ... 

(Dutreuil  de  Rhins  directed  the  expedition,  but  died  while  it  was 
in  progress) 

Hooker,  Sir  William  Jackson.  The  botany  of  Capt.  Beechey's  voy- 
age ;  comprising  an  account  of  the  plants  collected  by  Messrs.  Lay 
and  Collie,  and  other  officers  of  the  expedition  ...  performed  in 
H.  M.  S.  Blossom,  under  the  command  of  Capt.  F.  W.  Beechey.  By 
Sir  W.  J.  Hooker  and  G.  A.  Walker  Arnott  ... 

b.  Enter  accounts  and  publications  of  results  of  exploring  ex- 
peditions, when  consisting  of  contributions  by  several  persons,  un- 
der one  of  the  following  headings,  being  governed  in  choice  of 
heading  by  the  way  in  which  the  expedition  is  generally  desig- 
nated, or  by  the  prominence  given  on  the  title-page  to  any  one 
of  the  suggested  headings.     In  cases  of  doubt  give  preference  to 
this  order. 

1.  The  official  name  of  the  expedition,  followed  by  the  date. 

Expedition  antarctique  beige,  1897-1899.  Resultats  du  voyage  du 
S.  Y.  Belgica  en  1897-99  sous  le  commandement  de  A.  de  Gerlache 
de  Gomery;  rapports  scientifiques. 


32  GUIDE  TO  CATALOGUING  SEBIAL  PUBLICATIONS 

2.  The  society,  institution,  government  department,  or  individ- 
ual who  assumes  the  responsibility  of  the  expedition  and  the  pub- 
lication of  the  results. 

Gesellschaft  fur  erdkunde  zu  Berlin.  Gronland-expedition  der  Ge- 
sellschaft  fiir  erdkunde  zu  Berlin,  1891-1893.  Unter  leitung  von 
Erich  von  Drygalskj. 

Albert  I,  prince  of  Monaco,  1848-  Resultats  des  campagnes 

scientifiques  accomplies  sur  son  yacht^par^  Albert  i",  prince  souve- 
rain  de  Monaco.  Publics  sous  sa  direction  avec  le  concours  du 
baron  Jules  de  Guerne. 

3.  The  commander  of  the  expedition,  especially  when  he  edits 
the  results. 

Beechey,  Frederic  William,  1796-1856,  cd.  The  zoology  of  Cap- 
tain Beechey's  voyage;  comp.  from  the  collections  and  notes  made 
by  Captain  Beechey,  the  officers  and  naturalist  of  the  expedition  ... 
performed  in  H.  M.  S.  Blossom,  under  the  command  of  Captain 
F.  W.  Beechey,  1825-28,  by  [eight  persons] 

4.  The  name  of  the  vessel,  followed  by  date  of  expedition.    If 
more  than  one  vessel  participates,  enter  under  the  first-named  ves- 
sel, with  added  entry  for  the  others. 

Adventure,  H.  if.  8.  (1826-1836)  Narrative  of  the  surveying  voy- 
ages of  His  Majesty's  ships  Adventure  and  Beagle  between  the 
years  1826  and  1836  ... 

Added  entry:  Beagle,  H.  M.  S.  (1826-1836) 

5.  The  editor  of  the  results. 

Adams,  Arthur,  1820-1878,  ed.  The  zoology  of  flie  voyage  of 
H.  M.  S.  Samarang  under  command  of  Captain  Sir  Edw.  Belcher, 
1843-6  [by  four  persons] 

6.  The  first  word  of  the  title. 

Exploration  scientifique  de  1'Algerie  pendant  des  annees  1840,  1841, 
1842  ... 

In  all  cases  refer  freely  from  government  departments,  names 
of  vessels,  commanders,  societies,  editors,  etc.  (cf.  note  A.  L.  A. 
rules,  169;  Eclectic.  153-161) 


FORMS  OF  ENTRY,  WITH  ILLUSTRATIONS 

In  any  large  collection  of  society  material,  the  various  types  of 
societies  fall  naturally  into  certain  grades,  according  to  their  rela- 
tive importance,  such  as_jearned  academies  and  societies ;  semi- 
learned  societies ;  popular  societies ;  societies  which  exist  for  the 
purpose  of  publishing  monographic  series  or  reprints;  social, 
charitable,  and  other  societies  of  like  nature.  When  cataloguing 
their  publications  it  is  well  to  consider  the  worth  of  the  material 
to  be  recorded,  and  in  applying  the  rules  this  point  should  be 
always  kept  in  mind.  For  the  cataloguing  of  the  important  socie- 
ties and  institutions  no  effort  should  be  spared,  no  source  of  in- 
formation should  be  ignored,  that  will  contribute  to  the  most  com- 
plete statement  possible  of  the  material  in  the  library  and  the  his- 
tory of  the  publication;  for  the  semi-learned  societies,  careful 
entry  should  be  made,  but  the  research  need  not  be  so  exhaustive ; 
for  the  popular  and  less  important  societies  of  all  sorts,  brief  en- 
tries only  need  be  made,  omitting  the  elaborate  detail  necessary 
for  the  weightier  publications;  while  for  the  purely  ephemeral 
societies  a  "temporary"  entry  will  serve. 

49.  Heading.  Having  established  the  heading  to  be  used  for 
a  corporate  body,  that  form  is  to  be  used  for  all  of  the  publica- 
tions, whether  or  not  another  form  is  used  in  some  of  the  titles ; 
necessary  references  are  to  be  made.  In  case  of  subsequent 
changes  of  name,  all  entries  and  references  are  to  be  revised  to 
conform  to  the  new  name,  after  it  may  be  assumed  to  have  become 
fixed.  These  changes  are  usually  not  made  on  the  cards  until  a 
year  after  the  new  name  has  appeared  on  the  publications,  as  ex- 
perience has  shown  that  the  societies  themselves  often  find  the 
change  inexpedient,  and  continue  to  experiment  until  a  satisfac- 
tory form  is  evolved.  Temporary  references  are  made  from  the 
latest  name,  to  serve  in  the  interim. 
National  conference  of  social  work. 

Proceedings.     1st-  annual  session: 

1874-19 
Boston  ietc.]  1875-1 19 

v.    ports.,  map,  tables.    22J-24cm. 
Title  varies:  1874,  Proceedings  of  the  ...  Conference  of  charities  and 

correction  [published  1885) 
1875,  Proceedings  of  the  Conference  of   chanties    (Journal  of 

social  science.    Extra  number) 
1876-77,  Proceedings  of  the  Conference  of  charities. 
1878-79,  Proceedings  of  the  ...  annual  Conference  of  charities. 
1880-81,  Proceedings  of  the  ...  annual  Conference  of  charities  and 

correction. 
1882-83,  Proceedings  of  the  ...  annual   National  conference  of 

charities  and  corrections. 
1884-1916,   Proceedings  of   the  National  conference   of   charities 

and  correction. 

1917-  Proceedings  of  the  National  conference  of  social 

work. 

HV88.A3  8-35377-Ta 

39491 0— 29 3 


34  GUIDE  TO   CATALOGUING  SERIAL  PUBLICATIONS 

Deutsche  physikalische  gesellschaft,  Berlin. 

Verhandlungen  der  Physikalischen  gesellschaft  zu  Berlin.  1.-17. 
jahrg.;  1882-98.  Berlin,  G.  Reimer;  [etc.,  etc.,  1882i-98. 

17  v.  in  4.    illus.,  pi.    23cm. 

Vols.  11-17  have  imprint:  Leipzig,  J.  A.  Earth,  1892-98. 
Editors:  1882  (no  editor  given).— 1883-85,  F.  Neesen.— 1886-88,  E. 

Rosochatius  (1888  with  A.  Konig).— 1889-98,  A.  Konig. 

Vols.  1^*,  1882-85,  and  the  first  10  nos.  of  v.  5,  1886,  were  issued 
with  Fortschritte  der  physik.  (In  the  Library  of  Congress  set  these 
have  been  detached  from  the  Fortschritte  and  are  bound  as  a  part 
of  the  set  of  Verhandlungen)  Vol.  11,  1892,  was  issued  with  An- 
nalen  der  physik  und  chemie,  hrsg.  von  Wiedemann,  neue  folge,  bd. 
45-48,  and  was  also  issued  separately.  (The  Library  of  Congress 
has  only  the  issue  in  the  Annalen) 

List  of  members  in  v.  5-17. 

Vol.  15,  no.  1 :  Bericht  uber  die  feier  des  SOjahrigen  bestehens  am 
4.  januar  1896. 

Continued  as  Verhandlungen  der  Deutschen  physikalischen  gesell- 
schaft. 

Alphabetisches    namenregister    zu    den    Verhandlungen    der 

Physikalischen  gesellschaft  zu  Berlin,  jahrgang  1  bis  17  (1882  bis 
1898)  Im  auftrage  der  gesellschaft  hrsg.  von  Karl  Scheel.  Braun- 
schweig, F.  Vieweg  und  sohn,  1904. 

iv  p.,  1  1.,  20  p.    23Jcm.     [With  the  Verhandlungen,  17.  jahrg.] 

Tabular  list  of  the  Verhandlungen  (1  leaf)  follows  p.  iv. 

1.  Physics — Societies.  i.  Neesen,  Friedrich,  1849-  ed.  n. 
Rosochatius,  Ernst,  ed.  in.  Konig,  Arthur  Peter,  1856-1901,  ed. 
iv.  Scheel,  Karl  Friedrich  Franz  Christian,  1866-  comp. 

QC1.D4  18-8322-3 

Deutsche  physikalische  gesellschaft,  Berlin. 

Verhandlungen  der  Deutschen  physikalischen  gesellschaft.    1.- 
jahrg.;  1899- 
Leipzig,  J.  A.  Earth;  [etc.,  etc.]  1899- 

v.    illus.,  plates  (part  col.)  diagrs.    23cm. 

Vols.  1-4  irregular  (v.  ^1  and  3,  15  nos.  each;  v.  2,  17  nos.;  v.  4, 
18  nos.)  v.  5-  semimonthly. 

Vols.  5-  have  imprint :  Braunschweig,  F.  Vieweg  und  sohn. 
1903- 

Preceded   by  Verhandlungen  der   Physikalischen   gesellschaft   zu 
Berlin,  1882-98. 
Editors :  1899-1901,  Arthur  Konig.— 1902-  Karl  Scheel. 

The  "Verhandlungen"  for  .1903-  .  are  issued  both  in  the 
"Berichte  der  Deutschen  physikalischen  gesellschaft  enthaltend  Ver- 
handlungen der  ...  gesellschaft  ...  und  Halbmonatliches  literatur- 
verzeichnis  der  'Fortschritte  der  physik,'  dargestellt  von  der  ...  ge- 
sellschaft," and  also  in  separate  form;  the  set  here  catalogued  is  of 
the  latter  issue,  with  the  exception  of  "5.  jahrg.,  nr.  1,"  and  "6. 
jahrg.,  nr.  1,"  which  have  coyer-title  "Berichte." 

"Alphabetisches  namenregister  zu  jahrgang  1  bis  5  (1899  bis 
1903)":  5.  jahrg.,  p.  [463j-474. 

List  of  members  in  each  volume. 

1.  Physics— Societies.  I.  Konig,  Arthur  Peter,  1856-1901,  ed. 
n.  Scheel,  Karl  Friedrich  Franz  Christian,  1866-  ed. 

QC1.D41  18-8321 

50.  Title.  The  title  of  the  publication  is  to  be  written  in  full 
on  the  manuscript  card,  but  usually  only  the  first  word  or  the  first 
phrase  is  printed  while  the  entry  remains  "open"  or  unfinished. 


FORMS   OF    ENTRY 


35 


Federation  of  associations  for  cripples. 

Bulletin,    v.  1- 
1917- 
New  York,  1917- 

v.  23icm.    irregular. 

Editor:  1917-  D.  C.  McMurtrie. 

1.  Cripples — Societies.        i.  McMurtrie,  Douglas  Crawford,  ed. 

RD701.F4  17-30995 

If  the  title  or  the  name  of  the  society  varies,  a  "Title  varies" 
note  is  to  be  given. 

American  veterinary  medical  assciation. 

Journal,    v.  1-47,  Jan.]  1877-Sept.  1915;  v.  48- 
(new  ser.,  v.  1-  )  Oct.  1915-  v 

New  York,  The  United  States  veterinary  medical  association  [etc.] 
1877-1915;  Ithaca,  N.  Y.,  American  veterinary  medical  association, 
1916- 

v.     illus.,  plates,  ports.    22cm.     monthly. 
No  numbers  issued  Feb.-Mar.  1877. 

Title  varies:  [Jan.]  1877-Sept.  1915,  American  veterinary  review. 
Oct.   1915^  Journal  of  the  American  veterinary  medical 

association  ... 

Editors:  Jan.]  1877-Oct.  1915,  A.  Liautard  and  others.— Nov.  1915- 
P.  A.  Fish. 

1.  Veterinary  medicine — Societies.  i.  Liautard,  Alexandre  Fran- 
c.ois  Augustin,  1835-  ed.  n.  Fish,  Pierre  Augustine,  1865- 
ed. 

SF601.A5  16-22549 

American  astronomical  society. 

Publications,    v.  1- 
[Ann  Arbor,  Mich.,  etc.]  The  Society,  1910- 

v.    illus.,  plates,  ports.    26icra. 

Title  varies:  v.  1,  1910,  Publications  of  the  Astronomical  and  astro- 
physical  society  of  America  ...     Organization,  membership,  and 
abstracts  of  papers,  1897-1909. 
Vol.  2,  1915,  Publications  of  the  Astronomical  and  astrophysical 

society  of  America  [1910-13] 

Vols.  3-  1918-  Publications  of  the  American  astro- 

nomical society  [1913- 

Vol.  2  includes  "Report  of  Comet  committee,  1909-1913,  with  index 
catalogue  of  all  photographs  of  Halley's  comet  reported  to  the  com- 
mittee ...  Photographs  of  Halley's  comet  taken  at  Diamond  Head, 
Hawaiian  Islands,  by  Ferdinand  Ellerman.  Notes  on  these  photo- 
graphs by  E.  E.  Barnard"  (p.  i!77j-227.  xxvin  pi.) 
List  of  members  in  v.  1,  3. 

1.  Astronomy — Societies.  2.  Astrophysics — Societies.  3.  Comet, 
Halley's. 

QB1.A27  10-34160 

If  with  the  change  of  title  a  new  numbering  is  begun,  or  if  {or 
any  other  reason  the  new  publication  is  practically  independent, 
the  entry  under  the  earlier  title  is  to  be  closed,  witn  note  of  con- 
tinuation. A»"£  A^u./y  *-  ££*4^«.  A  f+4t( , 
American  institute  of  architects. 

...  Quarterly  bulletin  containing<  an  index  of  literature  from  the 
publications  of  architectural  societies  and  periodicals  on  architecture 
and  allied  subjects,    v.  1-12,  v.  13,  nos.  1-3;  Jan.  1,  1900-Oct.  1,  1912. 
Comp.   and    ed.    by   Glenn    Brown,   secretary.      Washington,    D.    C. 
<J  [1900-12j 

13  v.    illus.,  plates,  ports.,  plans.    23i-25cm.  « 

At  head  of  title:  The  American  institute  of  architects.  Jl* 

_  Continued  as  Journal  of  the  American  institute  of  architects."^ 

TT  Architecture — Societies.  2.  Architecture — Bibl.  3.  Architec- 
ture— U.  S.  i.  Brown,  Glenn,  1854-  comp.  and  ed.  n.  Title 

NA11.A45  9-12459 


36  GUIDE  TO  CATALOGUING  SERIAL  PUBLICATIONS 


II 


American  institute  of  architects. 

Journal,    v.  1- 
Jan.  1913- 

Harrisburg,   Pa.   tandj  Washington,   D.   C.,   American  institute  of 
architects  [1913- 

v.    illus.,  plates  (part  col.)     30}™.    monthly. 
Preceded  by  the  Quarterly  bulletin,  1900-12. 
1.   Architecture—  Societies.    2.   Architecture—  U.    S.        I.    Title. 

NA11.A452  14-11874 

American  iron  and  steel  association. 

The  bulletin  of  the  American  iron  and  steel  association,  v.  1-46; 
Sept.  1866-Dec.  1912.  Philadelphia,  1866-1912. 

46  v.  in  26.    illus.,  plates,  tables.    27i-37iem. 

Weekly,  Sept.  1866-Feb.  1895  ;  3  nos.  a  month,  Mar.  1895-Dec. 
1897;  semimonthly  (irregular)  Jan.  1898-Dec.  1907;  monthly  (irregu- 
lar) Jan.  1908-Dec.  1912. 

An  earlier  series  of  bulletins  was  issued  by  the  association  under 
title  "Bulletin  of  the  American  iron  association,"  1857-58. 

Editor:  May  21,  1879-Dec.  1912,  James  M.  Swank.  (Mr.  Swank 
was  secretary  of  the  association  from  Jan.  1,  1873  ;  he  is  not  men- 
tioned as  editor  of  this  publication,  however,  until  May  21,  1879} 

The  work  of  the  association  was  taken  over  by  the  American  iron 
and  steel  institute  Jan.  1913,  and  the  Bulletin  was  continued  as 
Monthly  bulletin  of  the  American  iron  and  steel  institute. 

1.  Iron  industry  and  trade  —  Societies.  2.  Steel  industry  and 
trade  —  Societies.  i.  Swank,  James  Moore,  1832-1914,  ed.  n. 
Title. 

TS300.A45  8-21176 

American  iron  and  steel  institute,  New  York. 

Bulletin  of  the  American  iron  and  steel  institute,    v.  1- 
Jan.  1913- 

New  York,  American  iron  and  steel  institute,  1913- 
v.    illus.,  plates  (part  col.)    25icm. 

Monthly,  Jan.  1913-Feb.  1917  (title  reads  Monthly  bulletin)  ;  bi- 
monthly, Mar.,  Apr.  1917-  (title  reads  Bi-monthly  bulletin) 

^Supersedes  the  Bulletin  of  the  American  iron  and  steel  associa- 
tion, published  1866-1912. 

Contains  articles  on  iron  and  steel  statistics,  on  the  improvement 
of  methods  of  producing  iron  and  steel,  and  on  the  promotion  of 
health  and  safety  among  employees. 

1.  Iron  industry  and  trade  —  Societies.  2.  Steel  industry  and 
trade—  Societies.  i.  Title,  n.  Title  :  Monthly  bulletin,  in.  Title  : 
Bi-monthly  bulletin. 

TS300.A46  15-20068 

51.  Imprint.  Place  of  publication.  When  the  place  of  publi- 
cation varies,  the  place  as  given  in  the  first  volume  is  to  be  usecj. 
followed  by  [etc.]  and  the  variations,  if  not  too  frequent,  are  to 
be  given  in  a  note.  In  the  case  of  sets  of  great  value,  the  varia- 
tions are  to  be  noted  even  though  there  may  be  many  of  them,  but 
in  ordinary  publications  if  there  are  more  than  three  or  four,  a 
general  note  is  to  be  made,"  Place  of  publication  varies,"  *  In  case 
the  proceedings  of  meetings  or  congresses  are  published  at  the 
place  of  meeting  a  note  is  made  to  that  effect. 

Gesellschaft  deutscher  naturforscher  und  aerzte. 

Verhandlungen. 
Berlin  jetc.j  1829- 

v.  illus.,  plates  (part  col.)  maps,  plan,  facsims.,  diagrs. 

21-30i—  . 


FORMS   OF  ENTRY  37 

The  proceedings  of  the  7th-  meetings  were  published  at  place 
of  meeting;  63d-  at  Leipzig. 

Title  varies. 

Beginning  with  1890  the  proceedings  of  each  meeting  are  in  two 
parts;  since  1893  the  2d  part  is  in  two  sections  (halfte) 

"Kurze  geschichte  der  sechs  d.  e.  neunj  ersten  versammlungen  der 
Gesellschaft  deutscher  naturforscher  und  arzte,"  in  tlO.j  versamm- 
lung.  Wien,  1832.  p.  1-24. 

"Uebersicht  der  bis  jetzt  gehaltenen  versammlungen  ...  [1-22, 
1822-44i"  in  22.  versammlung.  Bremen,  1844.  p.  181-185. 

Facsimile   autograph   signatures   of   members   in   v.    7-11,    14-15, 

18,  21. 

Q49.D33  12-7219 

American  association  for  the  advancement  of  science. 

Proceedings.     1st-  meeting;  1848- 

Philadelphia  ietc.i  1849- 

v.    illus.,  plates,  ports.,  maps,  plans,  tables,  diagrs.    24cm. 

Place  of  publication  varies. 
Editors:  1850-51,  S.  F.  Baird.— 1853-72,  Joseph  Lovering.— 1873-97, 

F.  W.  Putnam.— 189^  L.  O.  Howard. 

An  unauthorized  edition  of  the  Proceedings  of  the  7th  meeting, 
Cleveland,  1853,  was  printed  by  the  local  committee.  An  attempt 
was  made  to  suppress  this  edition,  cf.  p.  281-288  of  the  authorized 
edition. 

Since  January  1901  all  of  the  official  notices  and  proceedings  and 
most  of  the  papers  of  the  association  have  been  published  in 
"Science,"  the  volumes  of  Proceedings  being  reserved  for  the  con- 
stitution, lists  of  members,  lists  of  papers  read,  etc. 

The  proceedings  of  the  following  meetings  were  combined :  56th- 
57th,  1906;  59th-61st,  1908-09;  63d-66th,  1911-Jan.  1915.  (The  title 
of  the  combined  proceedings  for  Dec.  1911-Jan.  1915  reads:  Con- 
stitution, list  of  meetings,  officers,  committees,  fellows  and  mem- 
bers ...) 

List  of  members  in  each  volume. 

Q11.A5 

Appendix  to  the  "Proceedings,"  August  1872.    Scientific  ex- 
cursion across  the  state  of  Iowa,  from  Dubuque  to  Sioux  City  and 
Springvale.     By  William  W.  Wheildon.    Concord,  Mass.,  1873. 
1  p.  1.,  11  p.    23cm. 

1.  Science— Societies.  i.  Baird,  Spencer  Fullerton,  1823-1887, 
ed.  n.  Lovering,  Joseph,  1813-1892,  ed.  in.  Putnam,  Frederic 
Ward,  1839-1915,  ed.  iv.  Howard,  Leland  Ossian,  1857-  ed. 

F621.W56  12-30236 

Verein  fur  niederdeutsche  sprachforschung,  Hamburg. 

...  Jahrbuch. 

jahrg.  1875-  (!.]- 

Bremen  ietc.i  1876- 

v.  plates,  ports.,  maps,  diagrs.    23Jcm. 

The  first  four  volumes  are  unnumbered. 

Vols.  7-  have  imprint :  Norden  und  Leipzig,  1882- 

At  head  of  title  of  v.  31-  1905-  :  Niederdeutsches 

Jahrbuch. 

Includes  music. 

"Verzeichnis  der  mitarbeiter  und  ihrer  beitrage  in  bd.  i-xx. — Uber- 
sicht  der  in  bd.  1-20  abgedruckten  nd.  und  ndl.  texte. — Register  zu 
den  banden  1  bis  20" :  v.  20,  1894,  p.  [139j-168. 

"Verzeichnis  ...  bd.  i-xxx.— Register  zu  den  banden  21  bis  30": 
v.  30,  1904,  p.  tl54i-176. 

"Die  plattdeutsche  litteratur  des  neunzehnten  jahrhunderts.  Bio- 
bibliographische  zusammenstellung.  Von  W.  Seelmann":  v.  22, 
1896,  p.  49-130;  "Nachtrag":  v.  28,  1902,  p.  59-105. 


38  GUIDE  TO   CATALOGUING  SERIAL  PUBLICATIONS 

Vol.  37  in  2  parts ;  pt.  1 :  Festschrift  Christoph  Walther  zu  seinem 
siebzigsten  geburtstage  gewidmet  von  dem  Verein  fur  niederdeutsche 
sprachforschung. 

1.  Low  German  language — Societies.  2.  Low  German  literature — 
Bio-bibl.  I.  Title,  n.  Title:  Niederdeutsches  jahrbuch. 

PF5601.V5  14-13070 

K.  Gesellschaft  der  wissenschaften  zu  Gottingen. 
^  Nachrichten  von  der  K.  Gesellschaft  der  wissenschaften  zu  Got- 
tingen.    Geschaftliche  mittheilungen.     1894-19 

Gottingen,   Commissionsverlag  der  Dieterich'schen   verlagsbuchhand- 
lung ;  [etc.,  etc.j  1895-19 

v.  in  24}™. 

Two  numbers  issued  annually  (1899,  1913,  have  but  one  number 
each) 

Volumes    for   1906-  have   imprint:    Berlin,    Weidmannsche 

buchhandlung,  1907- 

Earlier  reports  and  lists  of  members  of  the  society  were  included 
as  prefatory  matter  in  the  Commentarii  (1751-54)  Novi  commen- 
tarii  (1769-77)  Commentationes  (1778-1808)  Commentationes  ...  re- 
centiores  (1808-37)  and  Abhandlungen  (1838-95) 

"Bericht  des  vorsitzenden  sekretars  fiber  das  hundertundfunfzig- 
jahrige  jubilaum  der  gesellschaft" :  1901,  hft.  2,  p.  [79i-130. 

i.  Title. 

A8182.G821  18-20142 

Gottingische  gelehrte  anzeigen,  unter  der  aufsicht  der  Konigl.  ge- 
sellschaft der  wissenschaften. 
Gottingen  [etc.,  17       -19 

v.  plates,  tables,  diagrs.     171-2$™". 

There  are  very  few  illustrations  in  the  set;  up  to  and  including 

1841  each  volume  has  title  vignette. 

Title  varies :  1739-52,  G6ttingische  zeitungen  von  gelehrten  sachen. 
1753-1801,  Gottingische  anzeigen  von  gelehrten  sachen,  unter  der 

aufsicht  der  Konigl.  gesellschaft  der  wissenschaften. 
1802-19        Gottingische  gelehrte  anzeigen,  unter  der  aufsicht  der 
Konigl.  gesellschaft  der  wissenschaften. 

Imprint  varies:  17  -51,  Gottingen,  J.  W.  Schmids.— 1752,  Uni- 
versitats  buchhandlung.— 1753-  Druckts  J.  F.  Hager.— 17 
1763,  Gedr.  bey  Pockwitz  und  Barmeier.— 176  -o2,  1764-75,  Gedr. 
bey  J.  A.  Barmeier. — 1776,  Gedr.  bey  dem  commissarius  Bar- 
meier.—1777-99,  Gedr.  bey  J.  C.  Dieterich.— 1800-17,  Gedr.  bey  H. 
Dieterich.— 1818-24,  Gedr.  bey  J.  C.  Baier.— 1825,  Gedr.  bey  den 
gebrudern  Baier.— 1826-  Gedr.  bey  F.  E.  Huth.— 18  Gedr. 

bey  E.  A.  Huth. — 1842-95,  Gedr.  in  der  Dieterichschen  univ.-buch- 
druckerey  (with  variations). — 1896-19  Berlin,  Weidmannsche 
buchhandlung. 

In  1884  the  size  was  changed  from  post  8°  to  imperial  8°. 
With  the  years  1845-54  were  issued :  Nachrichten  von  der  Georg- 

Augusts-universitat  und  der  Konigl.  gesellschaft  der  wissenschaften 

zu  Gottingen. 

Library  has 

[10.  jahrg.i     1748.  1.-141.  stuck.     1  v. 

[12.  jahrg.j     1750.  1.-132.  stuck.     1  v. 

[13.  jahrg.]    1751.  1.-128.  stuck.    1  v. 

[14.  jalirgo    1752.  1.-128.  stuck.    1  v. 

[15.  jahrgo    1753,  1.-2.  bd.    1.-158.  stuck.    2  v.  in  1. 

[16.  jahrg.]    1754,  1.-2.  bd.    1.-156.  stuck.    2  v.  in  1. 

[19.  jahrg.]    1757,  1.-2.  bd.    1.-157.  stuck.    2  v. 

[21.  jahrg.]    1759,  1.-2.  bd.    1.-157.  stuck.    2  v.  in  1. 
[23.-24.  jahrg.i     1761-62,  1.-2.  bd.    1.-124.  stuck.    2  v.  in  1. 

[25.  jahrg.i    1763,  1.-2.  bd.    1.-157.  stuck.    2  v.  in  1. 
*  *  * 

AS182.G84  18-20133 


FORMS   OF   ENTRY 


39 


Exception.  If  all  except  the  first  few  volumes  of  a  set  were 
published  in  one  place,  the  last  place  is  to  be  given  with  note  of 
variations. 

American  association  of  museums. 

Proceedings. 
Charleston,  S.  C,  1908- 

v.    illus.,  plates,  ports.    24$*".  - 

Vol.  1  published  at  Pittsburgh,  Pa.  -    ^  •  """^  •  **   '  **  . 
1.  Museums  —  Societies.    2.  Museums  —  U.  S. 

AM1.A5  8-32191 

American  academy  of  arts  and  sciences,  Boston. 

Proceedings,    v.  1-  May  1846- 

Boston,  1848-19 

v.    illus.,  plates   (part  col.)   diagrs.    24^. 
Vols.  1-8,  have  imprint:  Boston  and  Cambridge. 
Vols.  9-31  numbered  also  new  ser.,  v.  1-23. 
1.  Science  —  Societies. 

Q11.B7  12-30299 

Berwickshire  naturalists'  club. 

History  of  the  Berwickshire  naturalists'  club.    v.  1- 
Alnwick  [etc.j  The  Club,  1834-19 

v.  illus.,  plates  (part  col.)  ports.,  maps,  plans,  facsims., 

diagrs.    22cm. 

Vol.  1  published  at  Edinburgh;  v.  2,  at  Berwick-upon-Tweed  ;  v. 
3,  at  London.  , 

List  of  members  in  v.  1- 

Vol.  1  incomplete:  nos.  1-2,  4,  7-8,  wanting. 

--  [Another  ed.    v.  li     Alnwick,  Reprinted  by  H.  H.  Blair, 
1885. 

278  p.,  3  1.    3  pi.    22i'm. 

Bound  with  nos.  3,  5-6  and  9  of  1st  edition. 

1.    Natural   history  —  Scotland  —  Berwickshire.     2.    Berwickshire, 
Scot.  —  Hist.  —  Societies.      3.    Berwickshire,    Scot.  —  Antiq.  —  Societies. 

DA880.B5B5  18-10513-14 

52.  Imprint.  Publisher  and  printer.  As  societies  ordinarily 
publish  their  own  works,  the  printer's  name  rather  than  the  pub- 
lisher's is  usually  given  on  the  title-page,  and  this  is  as  a  rule  to 
_be  omitted  on  the  catalogue  entryE  If,  however,  the  same  publish- 
ing or  printing  nrm  continues  through  a  period  of  years,  it  is  to 
be  given  on  the  card,  and  variations  of  importance  are  to  be  noted. 

K.  Gesellschaft  der  wissenschaften  zu  Gottingen. 

Commentarii  Societatis  regiae  scientiarum  gottingensis  tomus  1-4, 
1751-54.    Gottingae,  apud  viduam  A.  Vandenhoeckii,  1752-i55j 

4  v.    plates,  facsims.,  tables,  diagrs.    27cm. 

Title  vignettes. 

Vols.  3-4,  "svmtibvs  EHae  Luzac." 

Preface  to  each  volume  contains  report  of  the  society. 

Continued  as  Novi  commentarii,  1769-77. 

i.  Title. 

AS182.G77  18-20149 

The  phrase  Published  by  the  society,  Published  for  the  society, 
or  Printed  for  the  society  is  abridged  on  the  catalogue  entry  to 
"The  Society/' 

Natural  history  society  of  Glasgow. 

Transactions  ...    v.  1-5,  1858/69-1880/83  ;  new  ser.,  v.  1-8,  1883/86- 
1905/08.    Glasgow,  The  Society,  1869-1911. 
13  v.    illus.,  plates  (part  col.)  ports.,  maps,  plans,  tables.    22c 


cm 


40  GUIDE  TO  CATALOGUING  SERIAL  PUBLICATIONS 

Issued  in  parts. 

Title  varies:  1858/69-1880/83  (v.  1-5)   Proceedings  of  the  Natural 
history  society  of  Glasgow. 

1883/86-1892/96  (new  ser.,  v.  1-4)  Proceedings  and  transactions ... 

1896/99-1905/08  (new  ser.,  v.  5-8)  Transactions  ...  (including  the 
proceedings  of  the  society) 

The  society  was  founded  in  1851 ;  proceedings  for  that  year  were 
published  in  1852  in  a  16-page  pamphlet  ed.  by  William  Ferguson*; 
no  other  proceedings  were  printed  until  1868  when^  the  first  part 
of  the  regular  series  was  issued,  containing  proceedings  beginning 
with  the  eighth  session,  Sept.  1859. 

Parts  of  a  projected  work  entitled  "The  fauna  of  Scotland;  with 
special  reference  to  Clydesdale  and  the  western  district"  were  issued 
with  the  Proceedings  as  follows :  with  v.  3,  pt.  3,  1878,  Hymenoptera, 
pt  I.  iBy  Peter  Cameron.  1878]  52  p. ;  with  v.  4,  pt.  1,  1880,  Mam- 
malia. By  E.  R.  Alston.  1880.  1  p.  1.,  39  p. ;  with  v.  4,  pt.  1,  1880, 
Fresh  and  brackish-water  Ostracoda.  By  David  Robertson.  1880. 
1  p.  1.,  35  p. ;  with  new  ser.,  v.  1,  pt.  2,  1886,  Hymenoptera,  pt.  it. 
By  Peter  Cameron.  1886.  2  p.  1.,  i53]-95  p. 

Continued  as  the  Glasgow  naturalist. 

QH1.N3 

Index  to  the  Proceedings  of  the  Natural  history  society 

of  Glasgow,    vols.  i.  to  v.— 1851-1883.    Glasgow,  The  Society,  1885. 

Ixvii  p.    22'".    With  vol.  v,  1880/83] 

1.  Natural  history — Societies.    2.  Natural  history — Scotland. 

QH1.N3     Tol.  5  16-23979-«0 

If  the  name  of  the  society  is  repeated  in  the  imprint,  it  is  repro- 
duced on  the  card  in  the  same  form. 

American  society  of  marine  draftsmen. 
The  journal  of  the  American  society  of  marine  draftsmen  ...    v.  1- 

Apr.  1914- 
Washington,  D.  C.,  American  society  of  marine  draftsmen, 

v.  diagrs.    31"".    quarterly. 

Printed  from  zinco-lithographic  plates. 
1.  Marine  engineering — Societies. 

VM1.A47  16-25806 

53.  Collation.    Statement  of  volumes.    The  number  of  volumes 
is  to  be  given  in  pencil  while  the  set  is  still  incomplete.     If  some 
of  the  volumes  are  combined  in  binding,  the  statement  reads  e.  g. 
10  v.  in  5,  but  if  two  volumes  are  issued  together  the  combined 
issue  is  counted  as  one  volume  in  the  collation  and  explanatory  note 
is  made,  e.  g.  "Vols.  3—4-  issued  together" ;  "2d-5th  reports  com- 
bined in  one  issue." 

American  boiler  manufacturers'  association. 
Proceedings  of  the  ...  annual  convention. 

Allegheny  ietc.)   1890- 

v.    illus.  (incl.  ports.)  plates,  tables.    23"". 
Title  varies  slightly.  ** 

Proceedings  of  1st  and  2d  conventions  issued  in  one  volume. 

TJ281.A5  6-22634 

54.  Collation.    Illustrations,  etc.    The  illustrations,  plates,  etc., 
are  to  be  given  in  the  same  order  as  in  the  rules  for  single  works, 
but  the  designation  "part  fold."xis  omitted,  and  ordinarily  frontis- 
pieces are  not .noted  (cf.  examples  under "SU.  Si.  etc.1) 

*Wanting  in  Library  of  Congress. 


f"Pfc/\£ 

/f  */& 


FORMS   OF   ENTRY  41 

55.  Size.     If  the  size  of  the  volume  varies  more  than  lcm  the 
inclusive  sizes  are  to  be  given,  e.  g.  23-27cm.     If  important,  a  note 
may  be  made  of  change  of  size. 

K.  Gesellschaft  der  wissenschaften  zu  Gottingen. 

Nachrichten  ...  1845-93.  Gottingen,  Gedr.  in  der  Dieterichschen 
univ.-buchdr.  retc.,  1845j-93. 

49  v.  in  45.    illus.,  plates,  maps,  tables,  diagrs.     18-24 Jcm. 
Title  varies:  1845-63,  Nachrichten  von  der  Georg-Augusts-univer- 
sitat  und  der  Konigl.  gesellschaft  der  wissenschaften  zu  Got- 
tingen. 
1864-93,  Nachrichten  von  der  K.  Gesellschaft  der  wissenschaften 

und  der  Georg-Augusts-universitat. 

1845-54  issued  and  indexed  with  Gottingische  gelehrte  anzeigen 
for  those  years.  * 

In  1884  the  size  was  changed  from  post  8°  to  imperial  8°.  —  **** 
Continued  in  three  series:  Nachrichten  ...  Geschaftliche  mitthei- 
lungen;   Nachrichten  ...  Mathematisch-physikalische  klasse;   Nach- 
richten ...  Philologisch-historische  klasse. 

AS182.G82  18-20154 

If  only  two  or  three  volumes  are  of  a  different  size  from  the 
rest  of  the  set,  the  variation  may  be  given  in  parentheses,  after  the 
statement  of  the  size.  </y  /V*o  m^^y    fas~v£+*t 
Buenos  Aires.    Museo  nacional  de  historia  natural. 
'/  ^'*~  Anales  ...    t  1-  1864/69- 

*<+*    Buenos  Aires,  1864- 
itf    in  »**.  v.    illus.,  plates  (part  col.)  ports.,  maps,  tables.    27cm  (t.  1-3: 

<7    34*'™) 

"/*  Vols.  4-7  are  numbered  "t.  4-7  (ser.  2,  t.  1^1)";  y.  8-22,  "ser.  3, 

t.  1-15";  beginning  with  v.  23  the  numbering  by  series  was  discon- 
tinued. 

Title  varies :  1864/69-1870/74  (t.  1-2)  Anales  del  Museo  publico  de 
Buenos  Aires,  para  dar  a  conocer  los  objetos  de  historia  natural 
...  conservados  en  este  establecimiento,  por  German  Burmeister. 
18     -1911  (t.     -20)  Anales  del  Museo  nacional  de  Buenos  Aires. 
1911-  (t.  21-        )  Anales  del  Museo  nacional  de  historia 

natural  de  Buenos  Aires. 

Editors:   1864/69-  (t.  1-        )    German  Burmeister.— 1895-99 

(t.  4-6)  Carlos  Berg. 

Appended  to  v.  1 :  Actas  de  la  Sociedad  paleontologica  de  Buenos 
Aires.  1866. — to  v.  6-7:  Memoria  del  Museo  nacional  ...  por  el  di- 
rector doctor  Carlos  Berg.  1897-99. 

Vol.  14  (3.  sen,  v.  7)  :  Les  mollusques  fossiles  du  tertiaire  et  du 
cretace  superieur  de  1' Argentine,  par  H.  von  Ihering. 

1.  Science — Societies,  etc.  2.  Natural  history — Societies,  etc.  I. 
Burmeister,  Hermann  t.  e.  Karl  Hermann  Konrad,  1807-1892,  ed. 
n.  Berg,  Carlos  i.  e.  Federico  Guillermo  Carlos,  1843-1902,  ed. 
in.  Title. 

Q33.B8  6-34480 

56.  Frequency  of  publication.    The  frequency  of  publication  is 
to  be  given  immediately  after  the  size,  if  the  statement  is  brief,  or 
in  a  note,  if  the  statement  is  long  or  complicated. 

American  society  of  refrigerating  engineers. 
A.  S.  R.  E.  journal,  including  the  transactions  of  the  society,    v.  1- 

Nov.  19M- 
New  York,  American  society  of  refrigerating  engineers,  "1914- 

v.    illus.,  ports.,  diagrs.    23m.    bimonthly. 
Supersedes  the  annual  Transactions,  published  1905-13. 
1.  Refrigeration  and  refrigerating  machinery — Societies.      i.  Title. 
H.  Title :  Journal,  A.  S.  R.  E. 

TP490.A62  lft-18205 


GUIDE  TO  CATALOGUING  SERIAL  PUBLICATIONS 

Geographical  society  of  Philadelphia. 

Bulletin,    v.  1- 
Jan.  1893- 
Philadelphia,  Geographical  society  of  Philadelphia,  1895- 

v.  illus.,  plates,  ports.,  maps,  tab.    23J-25"". 

Vols.  1-3,  Jan.  1893-Apr.  1903,  issued  irregularly  (v.  1  and  3,  5 
nos.  each;  v.  2,  6  nos.)  v.  4,  no.  1  issued  Jan.  1904;  beginning  with 
v.  4,  no.  2,  Jan.  1906,  issued  quarterly. 

Title  varies :  1893-96,  Bulletins  of  the  Geographical  club  of  Phila- 
delphia. 

1898-  Bulletin  of  the  Geographical  society  of  Philadelphia. 

List  of  members  in  v.  7. 

1.  Geography — Societies. 

G3.G34  18-13008 

Guernsey  society  of  natural  science  and  local  research. 

Transactions  of  the  Guernsey  society  of  natural  science  and  local 
research,    v.  1- 
1882/89-19 
Guernsey,  1889-19 

v.  illus.,  plates,  tables,  diagrs.    21i"". 

Issued  annually  with  title :  Report  and  transactions  (except  no.  1, 
which  covers  the  years  1882-88) ;  general  title-pages  with  title 
Transactions,  are  issued  at  intervals  for  the  purpose  of  grouping 
the  parts  in  volumes. 

List  of  members  in  each  number. 

1.  Science — Societies.    2,  Natural  history — Guernsey. 

Q41.G85  18-12067 

(cf.  also  3d  example  under  rule  50) 

57.  Order  of  notes.  The  order  of  notes  is  in  general  the  same 
as  that  observed  in  periodicals: 

Frequency  of  publication. 
Volume  numbers  irregular  . . . 
Notes  of  connection  with  other  publications. 
Title  varies. 
Editors. 
Imprint  varies. 
No  more  published. 
Notes  concerning  contents. 

This  order  varies  considerably  according  to  the  length  of  the 
entry.  W>  *«>EL  >C*wU  •&*-  «A*r  fc>?  £*^^  q^+Wt+tfr*. 

Matter  to  be  noted.  While  no  definite  rule  can  be  made  as  to 
what  should  be  noted  in  addition  to  the  above  items,  there  urc 
certain  types  of  material  which  are  usually  selected  for  special 
mention. 

Indexes  (not  separately  paged) 

Bibliographies. 

Monographs  with  special  titles  (except  when  the  whole  set  is 
monographic) 

Historical  notices  of  the  society. 

Lists  of  publications  of  the  society. 

Lists  of  members  of  the  society. 

Supplements  and  appendixes  (not  separately  paged) 


FOBMS  OF  ENTRY  43 

Academic  nationale  des  sciences,  belles-lettres  et  arts  de  Bordeaux. 

Actes. 
Bordeaux  [etc.]  1839- 

v.  illus.,  plates  (part  coL)  ports.,  maps,  plans,  facsims., 

tables,  diagrs.    20i-22i"». 

Vols.         -45  have  imprint :  Bordeaux,  Paris ;  v.  16-  Paris. 

Title  varies :  1839-47,  Actes  de  1'Academie  royale  des  sciences,  belles- 
lettres  et  arts  de  Bordeaux. 

1848-59,  Recueil  des  actes  de  1'Academie  des  sciences,  belles-lettres 
et  arts  de  Bordeaux  (1854-59,  Academic  imperiale  ...) 

1860-70,  Actes  de  1'Academie  imperiale  ...    3.  serie.     (Half -title: 
Recueil  des  actes)   ... 

1871/72-  Actes  de  1'Academie  nationale  ...     (Half -title r 

Recueil  ...) 

The  first  series  of  proceedings  was  published  under  title  "Seance 
publique";  the  second  series  comprises  v.  1-21  of  the  present  publi- 
cation, 1839-59;  the  third  series,  v.  22-  1860- 

Vols.  39-40  issued  in  1  v. ;  also  44-45,  49-50. 

"Compte  rendu  des  seances,"  appended  to  each  volume,  beginning 
with  v.  18,  1856. 

List  of  members  in  each  volume. 

A  supplementary  volume  was  issued  with  v.  40:  Sur  les  observa- 
tions pluviotnetriques  faites  dans  Test  de  la  France  ...  de  1688  a 
1870,  par  V.  Raulin. 

Appended  to  v.  44—45 :  Algebre  de  I'harmonie,  par  Anatole  Loquin. 

"Les  laureats  de  1'academie  (1713-1893)  par  Aurelien  Vivie": 
v.  55,  p.  423-491. 

"Table  methodique  des  publications  de  1'Academie  de  Bordeaux" 
by  L.  de  Lamothe:  v.  9,  1847,  p.  t751i-795. 

"Table  methodique  ...  1848  inclusivement  jusqu'a  1860  exclusive- 
ment,  par  Jules  de  Geres" :  v.  22,  1860,  p.  259-286. 

AS162.B81  14-21708 

Deutsche  Shakespeare-gesellschaft,  Weimar. 

Jahrbuch. 
1.  jahrg.    Berlin  cetc.]  1865- 

v.    illus.,  plates,  ports.,  facsims.,  tables.    231"*. 

Binder's  title :  Shakespeare  jahrbuch. 

Vols.  7-34  published  at  Weimar. 

Vols.  29-30  issued  combined. 

Folded  facsimile  in  cover-pocket  ot  v.  24;  4  folded  tables  in  cover- 
pocket  of  v.  31. 
Editors:  1865-67  (1.-2.  jahrg.)  Friedrich  Bodenstedt— 1868-79  (3.- 

14.  jahrg.),   Karl  Elze.— 1880-98    (15.-34.  jahrg,),   F.   A.   Leo.— 

1899-  (35.-  jahrg.),  Alois  Brandl    (1899-1907,  with 

Wolfgang  Keller;  1908-  with  Max  Forster) 

"Gesammt-verzeichnis  zu  den  banden  I  bis  xxi  (incl.)"  in  v.  21, 
1886,  p.  t327]-393  (interleaved)  ;  "zu  den  banden  i  bis  xxx"  in  v. 
29-30,  1894,  p.  410-490.  . 

"Inhalt  der  bisher  erschienenen  bande  des  Jahrbuchs"  in  v.  20,  24, 
29-30;  "Inhalt  ...  band  31-39  (1895-1903)"  in  v.  40;  "band  32-40 
(1896-1904)"  in  v.  41;  "band  35-47  (1899-1911)"  in  v.  48. 

"Shakespeare-bibliographic,"  1864-99  by  A.  Cohn;  1900-02  by  R. 
Schroder;  1903-O4  by  G.  Becker;  1905  by  R.  Schroder;  1906  by  R. 
Schroder  and  H.  Daffis;  1907-  by  H.  Daffis  included  in  v.  1-3, 

5-6,  8,  10,  12,  14,  16,  18,  20,  22,  24,  27,  29-30,  33,  36- 

"Katalog  der  Bibliothek  der  Deutschen  Shakespeare-gesellschaft," 
in  v.  6,  1871 ;  v.  11,  1876;  v.  24,  1889;  v.  29-30,  1894. 

"Die  Deutsche  Shakespeare-gesellschaft.  Ein  ruckblick  anlasslich 
ihres  SOjahrigen  bestehens.  Von  Albert  Ludwig" :  v.  49,  p.  tli-96. 

PR2889.W4 

General-register  fur  das  Jahrbuch  der  Deutschen  Shakespeare- 
gesellschaft,  jahrgang  i-x.    Zusammengestellt  von  F.  A.  Leo.    Ber- 
lin, Druck  von  Troitzsch  &  Ostertag,  1875. 
30  p.    23im.    [With  its  Jahrbuch.    10.  jahrg.] 
"Register  zum  Jahrbuch  i-xn,"  in  v.  12,  1877,  p.  [379)-402. 


44  GUIDE  TO  CATALOGUING  SERIAL  PUBLICATIONS 

Shakespeare-jahrbuch.  Beilage  zu  band  xvir.  i.  General-regi- 
ster fur  band  i-xvi.  Bearb.  von  W.  A.  Borchardt  ...  n.  Gesammt- 
catalog  der  bibliothek  der  Deutschen  Shakespeare-gesellschaft  in 
Weimar.  (Leipzig,  Druck  von  Metzger  &  Wittig,  1882] 

82  p.    22icm.    \\V\th  its  Jahrbuch,  17.  jahrg.  (in  cover-pocket )i 

Interleaved. 

"Supplement-blatter  zum  General-register  ..."  in  v.  18,  1883,  and 
v.  19,  1885. 

Shakespeare  und  der  naturalismus.    Von  Heinrich   Bulthaupt. 

Supplement  zu  band  XXVIH  des  Jahrbuchs  der  Deutschen  Shake- 
speare-gesellschaft. Weimar,  A.  Huschke,  1893. 

cover-title,  25  p.    23icm. 

1.  Shakespeare,  William — Societies,  periodicals,  etc.  2.  Shake- 
speare, William — Bibl.  r.  Bodenstedt,  FHedrich  Martin  von,  1819- 
1892,  ed.  n.  Elze,  Karl  i.  e.  Friedrich  Karl,  1821-1889,  ed.  m.  Leo, 
Friedrich  August,  1820-1898,  ed.  iv.  Brandl,  Alois  Leonhard,  1855- 
ed.  v.  Keller,  Wolfgang,  1873-  ed.  vi.  Forster,  Max  Th.  W., 
1869-  ed.  vii.  Title,  viii.  Title:  Shakespeare  jahrbuch. 

PR2986.B8  17-12522-25 

Verein  fur  geographic  und  statistik,  eingetragener  verein,  zu  Frank- 
furt am  Main. 

Jahresbericht  des  Frankfurter  vereins  fur  geographic  und  statistik. 
1.-  jahrg.;  1836/37- 

Frankfurt  am  Main  [1837j-19 

v.  in  illus.,  plates,  maps,  diagrs.    18-24icm. 

Title  varies :  1836/37-1853/54,  Jahresbericht  des  Geographischen  ver- 
eins zu  Frankfurt  a.  M. 

1854/55-  Jahresbericht  des  Frankfurter  vereins  fur 

geographic  und  statistik. 
Editors:   18  -1895/96,   F.   C.   Ebrard.— 1896/99-1901/03,   Fr. 

Hofler.— 1903/05-  Hermann  Traut. 

The  first  33  reports,  1836/37-1868/69,  are  brochures  (18cm)  con- 
taining administrative  matter  only ;  subsequent  reports  include  scien- 
tific contributions.  Beginning  with  1872,  two  or  more  reports  are 
frequently  combined  in  one  issue. 

List  of  members  in  each  volume. 

1.  Geography — Societies.        i.  Ebrard,  Friedrich  Clemens,  1850- 
ed.    ii.  Hofler,  Franz,  ed.    in.  Traut,  Hermann,  1866-         ed. 

G13.V5  18-23489 

Literary  and  philosophical  society  of  Liverpool. 

Proceedings,    no.  1-  1844/45-  34th-  sess. 

Liverpool,   1845- 

v.    illus.,   plates    (part   col.)    photos.,   ports.,   maps,    facsims., 
tables,  diagrs.    21-23cm. 

Nos.  2-5,  18-58,  have  imprint  London  [and]  Liverpool. 

The  36th-40th  sess.  (nos.  3-6)  are  incorrectly  numbered  35th-39th, 
respectively. 

Vol.  1  has  title  "Report  of  the  proceedings  of  the  Literary  & 
philosophical  society  of  Liverpool,  for  1844-45,  being  session  xxxiv. 
vol.  i."  It  includes  "List  of  papers  read  at  the  society,  from  the  end 
of  the  10th  session  (1821)  to  the  end  of  the  33d  session,  May  1844" 
(a  list  of  the  earlier  communications  was  printed  in  pamphlet  form) 
%  List  of  members  in  nos.  1,  6- 

No.  62  includes  "Proceedings  at  the  centennial  banquet  of  the  so- 
ciety held  in  Liverpool  ...  13th  March,  1912,"  p.  xxxii-lxviii. 

Monographs,  separately  paged,  are  appended  to  several  of  the 
volumes ;  for  the  monographs  on  natural  history  a  general  t.-p.  was 
issued  with  title  "Monographs  on  the  natural  history  of  Liverpool 
and  its  vicinity.  Extracted  from  the  published  Proceedings  of  the 
Literary  and  philosophical  society  of  Liverpool."  In  the  Library  of 
Congress  set  these  appendices  are  bound  with  the  volumes  with 
which  they  were  issued,  and  the  general  t.-p.  above  mentioned  is 
bound  at  the  end  of  no.  14,  1859/60. 


FORMS  OF  ENTBY  45 

Appendices :  no.  6,  app.  iu  The  flora  of  Liverpool,  by  Joseph  Dick- 
inson.—.no.  6,  app.  ii.  Meteorological  results  deduced  from  observa- 
tions taken  at  the  Liverpool  observatory  during  the  five  years  ending 
December  31st,  1850,  by  John  Hartnup.— no.  7,  app.  Meteorological 
results  deduced  from  observations  taken  at  the  Liverpool  observa- 
tory during  the  two  years  ending  December  31st,  1852,  by  John 

Hartnup. 

*  *  * 

A8122.L41 

Index  to  papers  contained  in  the  Proceedings  of  the  Literary 

&  philosophical  society  of  Liverpool    vols.  i.-xxv.    1844-71.    Comp. 
by   Alfred    Morgan,   honorary    librarian.     Liverpool,    D.    Marples, 
printer,  1871. 
28  p.    22°".    [With  Proceedings,  no.  26] 

A8122.L41     no.  26 

Index  to  papers  contained  in  the  Proceedings  of  the  Literary 

&  philosophical  society  of  Liverpool,  vols.  I-L.    1844-96.    Vols.  i  to 
xxv— 1844-1872  comp.  by  Alfred   Morgan   ...   vols.   XXVI-L— 1872- 
1896  comp.  by  Josiah  Marples.    Liverpool,  D.  Marples  &  co.,  1896. 
51,  til  p.    22icm.    iWith  Proceedings,  no.  50j 

AS122.L41     no.  50 

An  index  to  the  Proceedings  of  the  Literary  and  philosophical 

society  of  Liverpool  (volumes  I  to  LXII).  Comp.  by  Alfred  W. 
Newton,  M.  A.,  honorary  librarian.  Liverpool,  D.  Marples  &  CO., 
printers,  1912. 

102  p.,  1  1.    21i~. 

On  cover:  Centenary  index  volume. 

I.  Morgan,  Alfred,  comp.  n.  Marples,  Josiah,  comp.  HI.  Newton, 
Alfred  W.,  comp. 

.A.S122.L41     Index          17-14198-201 

Naturforschende  gesellschaft  zu  Gorlitz. 

Abhandlungen.    1.-  bd. 

Gorlitz,  1827-19 

v.  in  illus.,  plates    (part  col.)   ports.,  maps.,  tables, 

diagrs.    20i-24cm. 

Vols.  1-7  each  arranged  to  form  2  parts,  with  separate  t.-p.  and 
separate  pagination  for  each  part ;  pt.  2  of  v.  7  was  never  published. 

Vol.  8  has  added  t.-p. :  Geognostische  beschreibung  der  preussi- 
schen  Oberlausitz,  theilweise  mit  beriicksichtigung  des  sachsischen 
antheils,  von  E.  F.  Glocker.  1857. 

Vol.  11  includes,  with  special  title:  Die  regenverhaltnisse  Deutsch- 
lands  und  die  anwendbarkeit  der  regenbeobachtungen  bei  ent-  und 
bewasserungen  und  gewerblichen  anlagen,  von  Georg  von  Mollen- 
dorff.  1862. 

Vol.  25,  pt.  1,  "Den  teilnehmern  an  der  in  Gorlitz  vom  5.  bis  10. 
august  1906  tagenden  37.  allgemeinen  versammlung  der  Deutschen 
anthropologischen  geselhchaft  gewidmet." 

Vol.  27,  "Jubilaumsband,"  1811-1911. 

Historical  sketches  and  notices  of  the  society  appear  in  the  fol- 
lowing volumes :  "Die  Naturforschende  gesellschaft  zu  Gorlitz. 
Von  H.  von  Rabenau,"  v.  18,  p.  t253j-305 ;  v.  19,  p.  [27]-41 ;  v.  23,  p. 
i217i-265;  "Nachrichten  fiber  die  Naturforschende  gesellschaft  in 
Gorlitz,  von  dr.  Walther  Freise,"  v.  25,  p.  c9j-18;  "Die  Naturfor- 
schende gesellschaft  zu  Gorlitz  und  ihre  prasidenten,  von  dr.  Freise. 
Hierzu  die  15  portrats  der  prasidenten  der  gesellschaft  seit  1822," 
v.  27,  p.  jii-vi. 

List  of  members  in  v.  1,  7,  9,  15-24,  26- 

1.  Natural  history — Societies.    2.  Natural  history — Lusatia. 

QH5.N4  18-19463 


46  GUIDE  TO   CATALOGUING  SERIAL  PUBLICATIONS 

Senckenbergische  naturforschende  gesellschaft,  Frankfurt  am  Main. 

Bericht.     il.j- 
1869-70- 
Frankfurt  am  Main,  1870- 

v.  in  illus.  (part  col.)  plates  (part  col.)  ports.,  maps, 

plans,  tables,  diagrs.    22i-241cm. 

Issued  annually,  1870-1909;  quarterly,  1910- 

Brief  reports  containing  lists  of  members,  financial  statements, 
etc.,  were  issued  from  1829  to  1868;  beginning  with  1869  the  reports 
were  enlarged  to  include  scientific  papers  read  before  the  society^ 
Prior  to  1909  the  reports  were  unnumbered ;  the  report  dated  1909 
is  numbered  "40.  bericht,"  thus  placing  the  first  report  of  the  series 
as  "Bericht  ...  von  juni  1869  bis  juni  1870."  The  two  series  are 
entered  independently  in  the  Library  of  Congress  catalogue. 

"Verzeichnis  der  arbeiten  der  Dr.  Senckenbergischen  naturfor- 
schenden gesellschaft  von  1834  bis  1886.  Zusammengestellt  von  dr. 
med.  Carl  Lorey":  Bericht  1885/86,  p.  [161]-181. 

"Die  entwickelung  der  Senckenbergischen  naturforschenden  ge- 
sellschaft seit  ihrer  grundung.  Vortrag  zur  erinnerung  an  das  75- 
jahrige  bestehen  der  gesellschaft,  gehalten  an  dem  jahresfeste,  den 
29.  mai  1892.  Von  prof.  dr.  F.  C.  Noll" :  Bericht  1891/92,  p.  [iiii-xx. 

"Wissenschaftliche  veroffentlichungen  (1826-1897)  der  Sencken- 
bergischen naturforschenden  gesellschaft.  Zusammengestellt  und 
mit  einen  sach-  und  namenregister  versehen  von  oberlehrer  J. 
Blum":  Bericht,  1896/97,  p.  [21i-M 

List  of  members  in  each  report. 

QH5.84 

tExtra-beilage  zum  Bericht  fur  1884/85]  Reiseerinnerungen 

aus  Algerien  und  Tunis.  Von  dr.  W.  Kobelt.  Hrsg.  von  der 
Senckenbergischen  naturforschenden  gesellschaft  in  Frankfurt  a.  M. 
Mit  13  vollbildem  und  11  abbildungen  im  text.  Frankfurt  am  Main, 
M.  Diesterweg,  1885. 

viii,  480  p.    front.,  illus.,  plates  (1  col.)    24cm. 

1.  Natural  history — Societies. 

;'.,  QH5.S4     188oa  18-19460-1 

58.  Contents.  Contents  are  usually  to  be  given  for  mono- 
graphic sets,  and  are  to  be  printed  for  sets  which  are  complete  to 
date;  in  the  case  of  incomplete  sets,  the  printing  of  contents  is 
to  be  deferred  until  missing  volumes  have  been  received. 

Philobiblon  society,  London. 

Miscellanies  of  the  Philobiblon  society.  London,  Printed  by  C. 
Whittingham  [etc.]  1854-84. 

15  v.    illus.,  photos.,  facsims.    22icm. 

Vol.  1,  1854,  has  title:  Philobiblon  society.  Bibliographical  and 
historical  miscellanies. 

Edited  for  the  most  part  by  Richard  Monckton  Milnes,  first  lord 
Houghton. 

No  more  published ;  the  society  was  disbanded  in  1884. 

Each  volume  includes  list  of  members ;  the  contributions  are  sepa- 
rately paged.  A/VV 

CONTENTS.       Jv  J 

-«W.  1,  1854.  1.  Letter  of  Thomas  James  to  Lord  Lumley,  1599. 
[Communicated  by  William  Stirling]  2.  Notes  sur  deux  petite 5 
bibliotheques  franchises  du  xv*  siecle.  [Par  S.  A.  R.  le  due  d'Au- 
malei  3.  Michael  Scott  almost  an  Irish  archbishop.  [By  the  Very 
Rev.  H.  H.  Milman,  dean  of  St.  Paul's] 

*  *  * 

. 

J  v.  15,  1877-84.  1.  His  Royal  Highness  Prince  Leopold,  duke  of 
Albany.  In  memoriam.  [By  Lord  Houghton]  2.  Edward  Cheney. 


V. 
£>  .» 


FORMS   OF   ENTRY 


47 


In  memoriam.     [By  Lord  Houghtoni     3.  Henry  Bright.    In  memo- 
riam.     iBy  Lord  Houghtoni 

*  *  * 

1.  Bibliography  —  Collections.  2.  Bibliography  —  Societies.  3.  Man- 
uscripts. i.  Houghton,  Richard  Monckton  Milnes,  1st  baron,  1809- 
1885,  ed.  n.  Title. 

Z1009.P59  17-28150 

Chatham  society,  Manchester,  Eng. 

Remains,  historical  &  literary,  connected  with  the  palatine  counties 
of  Lancaster  and  Chester,  published  by  the  Chetham  society  ... 
{Manchester]  Printed  for  the  Chetham  society,  1844-88. 

114  v.  illus.,  plates  (part  col.,  part  fold.)  ports.,  maps,  plans, 
facsims.  (part  fold.)  geneal.  tables  (part  fold.)  23  x  18cra. 

Vols.  1-2,  15,  printed  at  London;  v.  5  printed  at  Edinburgh. 

Each  volume  has  also  special  t.-p. 

CONTENTS. 

I.  Travels  in  Holland,  the  United  Provinces,  England,  Scotland, 
and  Ireland.  M.DC.XXXIV.-M.DC.XXXV.,  by  Sir  W.  Brereton,  bart,  ed. 

by  E.  Hawkins.    1844. 

*  *  * 

CXTV.  The  diary  and  correspondence  of  Dr.  John  Worthington. 
vol.  n,  pt.  n.  Ed.  by  R.  C.  Christie.  1886. 

-  General  index  to  the  Remains,  historical  and  literary,  published 
by  the  Chetham  society,    vols.  i-xxx.     [Manchester]  Printed  for  the 
Chetham  society,  1863. 

viii,  168  p.    23xl8em. 
Compiled  by  C.  S.  Simms. 

-  General  index  to  the  Remains,  historical  and  literary,  published 
by  the  Chetham  society,    vols.  xxxi-cxiv.     iManchesterj  Printed  for 
the  Chetham  society,  1893. 

v,304p.    23xl8cm. 

List  of  publications  of  the  Chetham  society,  nos.  i-cxiv  (8  p.) 
prefixed. 

1.  Lancashire,  Eng.  —  Hist.  2.  Cheshire,  Eng.  —  Hist.  3.  English 
literature  —  Lancashire.  4.  English  literature  —  Cheshire.  i.  Simms, 
Charles  Samuel,  1809-1872,  comp.  n.  Title. 

DA670.L19C5  '       18-5576-8 


In  the  contents,  yitrv  under  H^1«»  is  pr^fprr^j  [ft  •  ntflY  I 

.thor,  though  the  latter  form  may  be  used.     On  the  manuscript 
card  the  main  entry  is  indicated  by  double  underscoring. 

Pennsylvania.     University.    Babylonian  expedition. 

The  Babylonian  expedition  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania. 
Series  A  :  Cuneiform  texts,  ed.  by  H.  V.  Hilprecht.  Philadelphia, 
Pub.  by  the  Department  of  archaeology,  University  of  Pennsylvania, 
1893-1911. 

11  v.  in  12.    illus.,  plates.    3Hcm. 

Vol.  1,  pts.  1-2,  "reprint  from  the  Transactions  of  the  Amer.  philos. 
society,  n.  s.,  vol.  xvin,  no.  1,  3." 

Vols.  3-29,  "Eckley  Brinton  Coxe,  junior,  fund." 

The  volumes  listed  below  in  the  contents  are  the  only  ones  of  this 
series  published  by  the  university.  The  numbers  of  these  volumes 
were  laid  out  by  Professor  Hilprecht  as  a  part  of  an  extended 
series  :  two  other  volumes  were  issued  by  him  after  his  connection 
with  the  University  museum  was  severed,  but  these  were  not  author- 
ized by  the  museum,  and  were  published  by  Rudolf  Merkel  of  Er- 
langen,  Germany;  they  are  entitled:  Sumerian  hymns  and  prayers  to 
god  Dumu-Zi,  or  Babylonian  lenten  songs  from  the  temple  library  of 
Nippur,  by  Hugo  Radau,  Mtinchen,  1913  .(vol.  xxx,  pt.  1,  of  the 
series)  ;  Historical  and  religious  texts  from  the  temple  library  of 
Nippur,  by  Stephen  Langdon,  Miinchen,  1914  (vol.  xxxi  of  the 
series)  The  work  is  continued  by  the  Babylonian"  section  of  the 


48  GUIDE  TO  CATALOGUING  SERIAL  PUBLICATIONS 

University   museum,   under   title:    Publications   of   the   Babylonian 
section. 

CONTENTS. 

vol.  I.  Old  Babylonian  inscriptions  chiefly  from  Nippur.  By  H.  V. 
Hilprecht.  1893-96.  2  pt.  in  1  y. 

vol.  Ill,  pt.  1.  Sumerian  administrative  documents  dated  in  the 
reigns  of  the  kings  of  the  second  dynasty  of  Ur;  from  the  temple 
archives  of  Nippur.  By  D.  W.  Myhrman.  1910. 

vol.  VI,  pt.  1.  Babylonian  legal  and  business  documents  from  the 
time  of  the  first  dynasty  of  Babylon;  chiefly  from  Sippar.  By  Her- 
mann Ranke.  1906.  pt.  2.  Babylonian  legal  and  business  documents 
...  chiefly  from  Nippur.  By  Arno  Poebel.  1909. 

vol.  VHI,  pt.  1.  Legal  and  commercial  transactions  dated  in  the 
Assyrian,  Neo-Babylonian  and  Persian  periods;  chiefly  from  Nip- 
pur. By  A.  T.  Clay.  1908. 

vol.  IX.  Business  documents  of  Murashu  sons  of  Nippur  dated  in 
the  reign  of  Artaxerxes  i.  (464-424  B.  c.)  By  H.  V.  Hilprecht  and 
Rev.  A.  T.  Clay.  1898. 

vol.  x.  Business  documents  of  Murashu  sons  of  Nippur  dated  in 
the  reign  of  Darius  n.  (424-404  B.  c)  By  Rev.  A.  T.  Clay.  1904. 

vol.  xiv-xv.  Documents  from  the  temple  archives  of  Nippur  dated 
in  the  reigns  of  Cassite  rulers.  By  Rev.  A.  T.  Clay.  1906.  2  y. 

vol.  XVII,  pt.  1.  Letters  to  Cassite  kings  from  the  temple  archives 
of  Nippur.  By  Hugo  Radau.  1908. 

vol.  XX,  pt.  1.  Mathematical,  metrological  and  chronological  tablets 
from  the  temple  library  of  Nippur.  By  H.  V.  Hilprecht.  1906. 

vol.  XXIX,  pt.  1.  Sumerian  hymns  and  psayers  to  god  Nin-Ib,  from 
the  temple  library  of  Nippur.  By  Hugo  Radau.  1911. 

1.  Babylonia — Antiq.  2.  Cuneiform  inscriptions.  I.  Hilprecht, 
Hermann  Vollrat,  1859-  ed.  n.  Pennsylvania.  University. 

Dept.  of  archaeology. 

PJ3711.P4  7-4170 

Partial  contents.     In  sets  containing  both  administrative  and 
monographic  matter,  partial  contents  may  be  given.  C  £*tu*~*" 

Bronte  society. 

Transactions  and  other  publications  of  the  Bronte  society  ...  v.  1- 
Bradford  tEng.i  1898- 

v.    illus.,  plates,  ports.,  maps,  facsim.    21"". 

At  head  of  title  of  the  separate  parts:  Bronte  society  publications. 
Editor :  1895/98-  (v.  1-  )  Butler  Wood. 

Pt.  19-  include  15th-  Annual  reports  of  the  society 

1908-         ;  preceding  reports  were  issued  separately. 
PARTIAL  CONTENTS. 

vol.  I,  pt.  I.  A  bibliography  of  the  works  of  the  Bronte  family,  by 
B.  Wood.  1895. 

pt.  II.  Haworth ;  home  of  the  Brontes,  by  C.  Meeker.     1895. 
*  *  * 

pt.  xxrv.  Recently  published  letters  from  Charlotte  Bronte  to  M. 
Heger. — Unpublished  poem  by  Charlotte  Bronte. — Death  of  Miss 
Gaskell. — Disputed  portrait  of  Charlotte  Bronte. — Portrait  of  Emily 
Bronte.— The  last  of  the  "Shirley"  curates.  1914. 

1.  Bronte,  Charlotte,  1816-1855.  2.  Bronte  family.  i.  Wood, 
Butler,  1854-  ed. 

PR4168.A4  15-10167 

Dante  society,  Cambridge,  Mass. 

Annual  report.    1st-  1881/82- 

Cambridge,  J.  Wilson  and  son;  [etc.,  etc.i  1882- 
v.  in  illus.,   port.    22^-23$™. 

13th-  reports  have  imprint:  Boston,  Ginn  and  company  (for 

the  Dante  society)  1894- 

Report  year  ends  in  May. 


FORMS   OF   ENTRY  49 

Full  title:  Annual  report  of  the  Dante  society  (Cambridge,  Mass.) 

18th-19th  reports  issued  together. 

Includes  the  following  papers  arranged  by  number  of  the  report, 
and  imprint  date  in  curves : 

1st  (1882)  Norton,  C.  E.  Remarks  at  the  annual  meeting  of  the 
Dante  society,  May  16,  1882  [upon  Longfellow's  studies  of  Dantei 

2d    (1883)    Bruni,   Leonardo   Aretino.     Le   vite  di   Dante  e   del 

Petrarca,  scritte  da  Leonardo  Aretino. 

*  *  * 

30th  (1913)  Lafferty,  R.  T.    The  philosophy  of  Dante. 
1.  Dante — Societies,  periodicals,  etc.    2.  Dante — Bibl. 

PQ4331.A35  15-2183    1^ 

59.  Series  entry. 

1.  Class  numbers  are  to  be  added  on  all  series  cards.     For  this 

purpose,  series  cards  for  books  catalogued  before  they  are 
classified  are  to  be  forwarded  with  the  books  to  the  clas- 
sifiers. 

2.  The  main  (1st)  card  of  a  series  entry  once  filed  in  the  Pub- 

lic catalogue  is  not  to  be  withdrawn  unless  a  change  affect- 
ing the  main  heading  requires  its  removal  to  another  part 
of  the  catalogue.  No  attempt  is  to  be  made  to  show  on 
this  card  the  inclusive  dates,  number  of  volumes,  varia- 
tions in  size,  etc.,  of  the  entire  series.  Give  only  date  of 
first  volume  entered,  followed  by  -{-,  e.  g.  1898-f-,  or  if 
the  Library  has  the  earliest  volume  give  date  of  that  vol- 
ume followed  by  -,  e.  g.  1900- 
Works  added  are  to  be  entered  in  numerical,  alphabetical  or 

chronological  order,  as  the  case  may  be. 

In  recording  additions  to  a  series  entry  which  has  already  been 
filed,  cards  are  not  ordinarily  to  be  withdrawn  from  the  cata- 
logue. The  additions  are  to  be  written  on  temporary  cards 
and  are  to  consist  of  the  following  items : 

1.  Heading  or  title  of  series. 

2.  Brief  entry  of  the^work  to  be  added,  giving  serial  number  when 

there  is  one,  heading,  title,  and  year  of  publication.  Call  number 
to  be  added  in  left  margin,  provided  the  book  has  been  shelf- 
listed. 

If  the  addition  of  a  new  work  requires  the  withdrawal  of  a 
card,  the  latter  is  to  be  returned  to  the  catalogue  without  re- 
vision as  soon  as  the  class  number  has  been  added. 
A  separate  card  is  to  be  written  for  each  work  whether  consecu- 
tively numbered  or  not,  except  when  several  are  received  at 
the  same  time,  in  which  case  it  may  occasionally  be  advisable, 
for  the  sake  of  economy,  to  enter  two  or  more  consecutive 
numbers  on  the  same  card. 

In  special  cases,  when  a  large  number  of  monographs  of  the 
same  series  are  to  be  entered  at  one  time,  requisition  should  be 
made  through  the  Proofreading  section  for  cards  with  the 
name  of  the  series  printed  (1)  at  the  top,  if  the  various  mono- 
graphs are  to  be  classified  separately,  (2)  on  the  back,  if  the 
set  is  to  be  classified  together. 

NOTE.— When  a  large  number  of  temporary  cards  have  accumulated 
under  one  title,  they  may  be  withdrawn  and  a  permanent  series 
39491  O— 29 1 


50  GUIDE  TO  CATALOGUING  SERIAL  PUBLICATIONS 

entry  prepared,  further  additions  being  again  recorded  on  tempo- 
rary slips  in  accordance  with  the  above  rule. 

If  it  is  known  that  the  publication  to  be  added  belongs  to  a  2d 
or  3d  set,  this  fact  is  to  be  noted  after  heading  of  series,  e.  g. 
Johns  Hopkins  university  studies  in  historical  and  political  science. 
(Call  no.      )     2d  set. 

16th  ser.,  no.  1-4. 

If  a  series  is  not  represented  in  the  2d  Official  catalogue,  a  pre- 
liminary card  is  to  be  written.  This  card  will  contain  only 
the  heading  or  title  of  the  series  and  a  reference  to  the  Public 
catalogue  for  contents. 

Series  entry — American  university  and  college  publications. 

Whenever  a  university,  college,  or  other  institution  has  adopted 
a  general  series  title*,  to  appear  on  all  of  its  publications,  the 
entry  for  this  series  is  to  be  prepared  according  to  the  usual 
form. 

Enumeration  of  the  following  classes  of  publications  may,  how- 
ever, as  a  rule,  be  omitted  from  these  series  cards: 

(a)  Annual  catalogs. 

(b)  Annual  reports. 

(c)  Other  serial  publications. 

This  exception  holds  even  when  the  series  title  appears  on 
cover,  half,  or  main  title-page  of  the  publications  in  question, 
and  the  latter  bear  the  regular  numbers  of  the  series. 

The  main  entry  cards  of  the  above-mentioned  serial  publica- 
tions, (a),  (b),  (c),  are  to  have  the  general  series  note  as 
usual  on  the  first  card,  but  without  specification  of  individ- 
ual numbers,  volumes,  or  years.  In  the  statement  (on  a  new 
card)  introduced  by  the  phrase  "Library  has:"  mention  of 
the  general  series  is  to  be  omitted. 

Publications  of  individuals  or  affiliated  societies  or  institutions, 
usually  monographs,  which  would  not  otherwise  appear  under 
the  name  of  the  college  or  university,  are  to  be  treated  accord- 
ing to  the  regular  rules  governing  series  entry  and  series  note. 

60.  Indexes.     Indexes  are  to  be  added  to  the  main  entry  with  a 
dash,  with  added  entry  for  the  compiler,  if  given. 

Cotteswold  naturalists'  field  club,  Gloucester,  Eng. 

Proceedings  of  the  Cotteswold  naturalists'  field  club.    v.  1- 
[1847/53- 
London,  1853;  Gloucester,  1860- 

v.  illus.,  plates  (part  col.)  photos.,  ports.,  maps,  plans, 

tables,  diagrs.    22-25icm.    and  atlas  of  plates.    27*"*. 

Vols.  1-2  have  title:  Proceedings  of  the  Cotteswold  naturalists' 
club. 

The  plates  to  accompany  three  of  the  articles  in  v.  3,  1861/65,  were 
not  issued  until  1899,  when  they  were  distributed  in  4°  form. 

Vols.  4-  issued  in  parts,  two  or  more  to  a  volume. 

Vol.  2,  suppl. :  On  Rhynchonella  acuta  and  its  affinities.     By  John 
Jones.    1860.    8  p. 

...  Contents  of  Proceedings,  volumes  i.-xiv.    1847-1903.    Glou- 
cester, J.  Bellows,  1904. 

*General    series   titles   with    continuous    serial   numbers    were    adopted 
largely  for  the  purpose  of  securing  reduced  postal  rates. 


FORMS   OF   ENTRY 


51 


cover-title,  32  p.  24icm.  (Proceedings  of  the  Cotteswold  natural- 
ists' field  club.  vol.  xiv,  suppl.) 

Index  to  the  Proceedings  of  the  Cotteswold  naturalists    field 

club,    volumes    i.-xvn.    1846-1912.    Comp.    by    Roland    Austin    ... 
lLondon,  J.  Wheldon  &  co.)  1913. 

47,  ill  p.    25 cm.    {With  Proceedings,  v.  18] 

1.  Natural  history — Societies.  2.  Natural  history — England — 
Gloucestershire.  3.  Gloucestershire,  Eng.— Antiq.  I.  Austin,  Ro- 
land, comp. 

QH1.C8  17-11016-7 

Deutscher  verein  zur  erforschung  Palastina's,  Leipzig. 

Zeitschrift  des  Deutschen  Palaestina-vereins  ...     bd.  1- 
Leipzig,  1878-19 

v.  illus.,  plates,  port.,  maps,  plans,  tables,  diagrs. 

21icm. 

Editors:    1878-96,   Hermann   Guthe.— 1897-1902,   Immanuel    Benzin- 

ger.— 1903-  C.  Steuernagel. 

Reports,  notices,  and  lists  of  members  were  included  in  v.  1-17, 
1878-94;  from  1895-1912  these  were  issued  separately  under  title 
"Mittheilungen  und  nachrichten" ;  in  1913  they  were  again  combined 
with  the  Zeitschrift. 

Register  zu  band  i-v,  angefertigt  von  dr.  Philipp  Wolff. 

Leipzig,  In  commission  bei  K.  Baedeker,  1883. 

37,  ill  p.    21cm.     {With  Zeitschrift.    bd.  61 

—  Register  zu  band  vi-x,  angefertigt  von  dr.  Philipp  Wolff. 
Leipzig,  In  commission  bei  K.  Baedeker,  1888. 

36  p.    21icm.    {With  Zeitschrift.    bd.  llj 

Register   zu  band  xi-xv,  angefertigt  von  Th.   Stock- 

mayer.     Leipzig,  In  commission  bei  K.  Baedeker,  1893. 

52  p.    21icra.     {With  Zeitschrift.    bd.  16] 

-  Register  zu  band  xvi-xxv,  angefertigt  von  ...  J.  Ben- 
zinger.    Leipzig,  In  kommission  bei  K.  Baedeker,  1905. 

60  p.    21icm.    {With  Zeitschrift.    bd.  25] 

Beilage  zu  der  Zeitschrift   des   Deutschen   Palaestina-vereins. 

bd.  vin.     1885.     Idnsi's  Palaestina  und  Syrien  im  arabischen  text, 
hrsg.  von  J.  Gildemeister.     Bonn,  Gedr.  bei  C.  Georgi  i!885j 

i30i  p.    21icm.     {With  Zeitschrift.     Leipzig,  1885.    bd.  81 
1.   Palestine — Antiq. — Societies.        i.  Guthe,   Hermann,   1849- 
ed.    ii.   Benzinger,   Immanuel,   1865-        ed.    in.   Steuernagel,   Carl, 
1869-       ed.    iv.  Wolff,  Philipp,  1810-1894,  comp.    v.  Stockmayer, 
Theod.,  comp.    vi.  Title. 

DS103.D4  8-15834-9 

For  indexes  received  after  a  card  has  been  printed  for  a  set, 
the  following  rule  is  used : 

Indexes  to  serial  publications  in  progress  are  to  be  entered  in 
the  form  illustrated  by  the  examples  following.  This  form 
places  the  card  or  cards  containing  the  entry  for  the  Indexes 
at  the  end  after  all  other  cards  for  the  serial.  The  entry  for 
an  index  or  indexes  may  therefore  be  printed  before  the 
serial  itself  is  in  the  Library,  or  while  additions  are  being 
made  to  the  open  entry  whether  in  print  or  manuscript,  for 
successive  series,  supplements,  etc.  When  the  publication  is 
discontinued  and  the  entry  closed,  or  when  for  any  other 
reason  the  main  entry  is  reprinted,  the  card  or  cards  for  the 
indexes  may  be  reprinted  in  the  usual  form  as  part  of  the 
entry,  or  the  provisional  entry  may  be  left  as  it  stands  if 
closer  connection  does  not  appear  desirable  or  necessary. 


52  GUIDE  TO   CATALOGUING  SEEIAL  PUBLICATIONS 

Subject  entries  are  to  be  indicated  as  needed.  The  form  head- 
ing INDEXES  is  to  be  added  on  each  entry  for  an  index. 

To  the  printer's  serial  number  for  the  entry  is  to  be  affixed  the 
symbol  x1,  x2,  x8  (meaning-  1st,  2d,  3d,  etc.,  index  card)  as 
the  case  may  be. 

Entries  in  stock  are  not  to  be  reprinted  to  conform  to  this  rule; 
the  form  may  be  changed,  however,  when  reprinting  for  stock. 

Societe  de  linguistique  de  Paris. 

M6moires.    t.  1- 
Paris,  1868- 

v.    illus.,  fold.  pi.    24cm. 

List  of  members  in  t.  1-9,  11- 

1.  Philology.  Comparative — Societies. 

P12.S45  6-8202 

Socie'te'  de  linguistique  de  Paris.        Memoires.     (Indexes) 

Table   analytique   des   dix   premiers   volumes   des    Memoires   de 
la  Societe  de  linguistique  de  Paris,  par  fimile  Ernault  ...     Paris,  Im- 
primerie  nationale,  1900. 
2  p.  L,  252  p.    24cra. 

1.  Language  and  languages — Classification.  2.  Language  and  lan- 
guages— Bibl.  3.  Classification — Books — Languages.  4.  Philology, 
Comparative — Bibl.  I.  Ernault,  fimile  Jean  Marie,  1852-  comp. 

P12.S45     Index  6-8202  x' 

Naturwissenschaftlicher  verein  fiir  Steiermark,  Oratz. 

Mitteilungen.    [jahrg.  1862/63i- 
(Der  ganzen  reihe  1.-  hft.)     Graz,  1863- 

v.  illus.,  plates  (part  col.)  phot,  ports.,  maps.,  tables, 

diagrs.    23em. 
Editors:    1880-83,    August    v.    Mojsisovics.— 1884-89,    1892-96,    R. 

Hoernes.— 1890-91,  Hans  Molisch.— 1897-         C.  Doelter. 

List  of  members  in  each  volume. 

1.  Science — Societies.  I.  Mojsisovics,  August,  edler  von  Mojs- 
var,  1848-1897,  ed.  n.  Hoernes,  Rudolf,  1850-1912,  ed.  m.  Molisch, 
Hans,  ed.  iv.  Doelter,  Cornelius,  1850-  ed. 

Q44.S8  6-22483 

Naturwissenschaftlicher  verein  fiir  Steiermark,  Oratz.  Mittei- 

lungen.   (Indexes) 

Haupt-repertorium  fiber  sammtliche  vortrage,'  abhandlungen  und 
fachwissenschaftliche  notizen,  welche  sich  in  den  heften  i  bis 
einschliesslich  xx  (den  jahrgangen  1863  bis  einschl.  1883)  der 
Mittheilungen  des  Naturwissenschaftlichen  vereines  fur  Steiermark 
befinden.  Nach  materien  und  den  namen  der  autoren  geordnet. 
Veranstaltet  von  einen  vereinsmitgliede.  Beilage  zum  jahrgang 
1883.  Graz,  Hrsg.  und  verlegt  vom  Naturwissenschaftlichen  vereine 
fiir  Steiermark,  1884. 
50  p.  24°". 

Q44.S8     Index  6-22483  x» 

X 

81.  Supplements.     Owing  to  the  variety  of  styles  in  which 

supplements  appear,  it  is  difficult  to  state  a  definite  rule  for  their 
treatment.  In  general,  supplements  are  to  be  added  with  a  dash 
to  the  main  series  entry,  the  full  title,  imprint  and  collation  being 
given  as  for  a  separate  entry.  An  entry  is  also  to  be  made  under 
the  author,  as  for  an  independent  work.  '  .' <<-i'.  •.1<-'i 

Gesellschaft   zur  beforderung  der   gesammten    naturwissenschaften, 

Marburg. 

Schriften  der  Gesellschaft  zur  beforderung  der  gesammten  natur- 
wissenschaften  zu  Marburg,    bd.  1- 
Marburg  tetci  1823- 


FOBMS   OF  ENTRY  53 

v.    illus.,  plates   (part  col.)  maps,  plans,  tables,  diagrs.    20i- 
23icm. 

Vols.  2-4,  10-11,  published  at  Cassel;  v.  9,  at  Marburg  and  Leipzig. 
The  papers  vary  in  length  from  brief  articles  to  extensive  mono- 
graphs with  special  t.-p.  and  independent  paging. 

Supplement-heftiei 

Marburg  &  Leipzig  ictc.j  1866- 

v.  plates,  diagrs.    30icm. 

Published  at  Cassel,  1875- 

CONTENTS.      /  n 

[Supplement-hft.  zu  bd.  9i 

I.  Claus,  C.    Die  copepoden-fauna  von  Nizza.     1866. 
II.  Claus,  C.     Beobachtungen  ueber  Lernaeocera,  Peniculus  und 

Lernaea.    1868. 
"Abgedruckt  aus  den  Schriften  ...     Supplement-heft  n." 

III.  Claus,    C.     Beobachtungen   ueber   die   organisation   und   fort- 

pflanzung  von  Leptodera  appendiculata.     1868. 
"Abgedruckt  aus  den  Schriften  ...     Supplement-heft  in." 

IV.  Wagener,  G.  R.     Die  entwicklung  der  muskelfaser.     1869. 

V.  Claus,  C.     Die  C*y/>m-aehnliche  larve  (puppe)  der  cirripedien 

und  ihre  verwandlung  in  das  festsitzende  thier.     1869. 
[Supplement-hft.  zu  bd.  10i 

I.  Dohrn,  Ueber  die  entwickelung  des  hymen's.     1875. 

[Supplement-hft.  zu  bd.  Hi 

I.  Gasser, Der    primitivstreifen    bei    vogelembryonen 

(huhn  und  gans)     1879. 

II.  Beneke,  F.  W.  Ueber  das  volumen  des  herzens  und  die  weite 
der  arteria  pulmonalis  und  aorta  ascendens  in  den  verschie- 
denen lebensaltern.  1879. 

in.  Beneke,  F.  W.    Ueber  die  weite  der  iliacae  communes,  sub- 
claviae  und  carotides  communes  in  den  verschiedenen  lebens- 
altern.    1879. 
IV.  Beneke,  F.  W.    Ueber  die  weite  der  aorta  thoracica  und  aorta 

abdominalis  in  den  verschiedenen  lebensaltern.     1879. 
v.  Beneke,  F.  W.    Zur  statistik  der  carcinome,  insonderheit  deren 

vorkommen  in  strafanstalten.     1881. 
1.  Science — Societies.        i.  Title. 

Q49.M3  6-35404-5 

Schlesische  gesellschaft  fiir  vaterlandische  cultur,  Brcslau. 

Jahres-bericht.    28.-  1850-19 

Breslau  i!850i-19 

v.  illus.,  plates   (part  col.)  ports.,  maps,  tables,  diagrs. 

24-28 cm. 

Preceded    by    Uebersicht    der    arbeiten    und    veranderungen    der 
Schlesischen  gesellschaft  fiir  vaterlandische  kultur,  1824-49. 
Title  varies:  1850-60,  Jahresbericht  der  Schlesischen  gesellschaft  fiir 
vaterlandische    kultur.     Enthalt:    Arbeiten    und    veranderungen 
der  gesellschaft. 

1861-1909,  Jahres-bericht  der  Schlesischen  gesellschaft  fiir  vater- 
landische  cultur.     Enthalt  den  generalbericht  iiber  die  arbeiten 
und    veranderungen    der    gesellschaft.     (Added    t.-p.:    1861-62, 
1864,  1867,  Jahres-bericht  und  abhandlungen  ...) 
1910-  Jahres-bericht  der  Schlesischen  gesellschaft  fiir  vater- 

landische cultur. 

Reports  for  1910-  are  each  in  2  vols. 

39th-40th,  42d,  44th-47th,  49th-50th  reports  (for  1861-62,  1864, 
1866-69,  1871-72)  include  Abhandkmgen  der  Schlesischen  gesell- 
schaft ...  Abtheilung  fiir  naturwissenschaften  und  medicin. — 39th- 
40th,  42d,  44th-47th,  49th-51st  reports  include  Abhandlungen  der 
Schlesischen  gesellschaft  ...  Philosophisch-historische  abtheilung. 
Necrological  notices  are  included  in  v.  46-50,  57-  Lists  of 

members  in  v.  63,  65,  67,  69,  71,  73,  75,  77,  79,  81,  83,  87,  89. 

AS182.S5 


54  GUIDE  TO  CATALOGUING  SERIAL  PUBLICATIONS 

Zacharias  Allerts  tagebuch  aus  dem  jahre  1627.    Hrsg.  von  dr. 

Julius   Krebs.    Erganzungsheft   zum  64.   jahresbericht   der   Schles. 
gesellschaft  fur  vaterl.  cultur.     Breslau,  G.  P.  Aderholz,  1887. 
1  p.  1.,  121  p.    24icra.    With  Jahresbericht,  64.,  1886i 

AS182.S5     vol.  64 

Erganzungsheft  zum  68.  jahresbericht  der  Schlesischen  gesell- 
schaft fur  vaterlandische  cultur  ...    Breslau,  G.  P.  Aderholz,  1890. 

cover-title,  272  p.    24 J0™. 

CONTENTS. — Schube,  T.  Zur  geschichte  der  schlesischen  floren- 
erforschung  bis  zum  beginn  des  siebzehnten  jahrhunderts. — Hie- 
ronymus,  G.  Beitrage  zur  kenntniss  der  europaischen  zoocecidien 
und  der  verbreitung  derselben. 

AS182.S5 

lyitteratur  der  landes-  und  volkskunde  der  provinz  Schlesien. 

Zusammengestellt  von  prof.  dr.  J.  Partsch.   Erganzungshefte  zum  69. 
70.  72.  73.  74.  75.  77.  jahresbericht  der  Schlesischen  gesellschaft  fur 
vaterlandische  cultur.     Breslau,  G.  P.  Aderholz,  1892-1900. 

3  p.  1.,  530  p.    24cm. 
Issued  in  7  parts,  pt.  1  with  special  t.-p. 
"Namens-verzeichnis.    Bearb.  von  Rob.  Fox" :  p.  [484i-525. 

Z2244.85P2 

Erganzungsheft  z.  78.  jahresbericht  d.  Schles.  gesellschaft  f. 

vaterl.  cultur.     Beitrage   zur  kenntnis  der  verbreitung  der  gefass- 
pflanzen  in  Schlesien  von  Theodor  Schube.     (Mit  4  karten)     Fest- 
gruss,  dem  xin.   Deutschen   geographentage  dargebracht  von   der 
Schlesischen  gesellschaft  fur  vaterlandische  kultur.    Breslau,  C.  T. 
Wiskott,  1901. 

1  p.  1.,  36  p.    4  fold.  maps.    25cm. 

AS182.S5 

Literatur  der  landes-  und  volkskunde  der  provinz   Schlesien 

umfassend  die  jahre   1900-1903.     Zusammengestellt  von   dr.   Hein- 
rich  Nentwig.     Erganzungsheft  zum  81.  jahresberichte  der  Schlesi- 
schen gesellschaft  fur  vaterlandische  cultur.     Breslau,  G.  P.  Ader- 
holz, 1904. 

viii,  152  p.    23icm. 

Z2244.S5P21 

Literatur  der  landes-  und  volkskunde  der  provinz   Schlesien 

umfassend  die  jahre   1904-1906.    Zusammengestellt  von   prof.   dr. 
Heinrich    Nentwig.     Erganzungsheft    zum    84.    jahresberichte    der 
Schlesischen  gesellschaft  fur  vaterlandische  cultur.    Breslau,  G.  P. 
Aderholz,  1907. 

vii,  186  p.    24°°. 

Z2244.S5P21  18-8869-75 

Academic  des  sciences,  Paris. 

Memoires.     1666- 
Paris,  1729- 

v.  illus.,  plates  (part  col.)  maps,  tables,  diagrs.    26cm. 

Title  varies:   1666-99    (t.   1-2)    Histoire  de  1'Academie  royale  des 

sciences. 
1666-99   (t.   3-11)    Memoires  de  1'Academie  royale  des  sciences, 

depuis  1666.  jusqu'a  1699. 

1699-1789,    Histoire    de    1'Academie    royale    des    sciences    (1789, 

Academic     des     sciences)         Annee     M.DC.xcixt-M.DCC.LXXxixj 

Avec  les  memoires  de  mathematique  &  de  physique  ...    Tire's 

des  registres  de  cette  academic. 

1790,  Memoires  de  1'Academie  des  sciences,  annee  M.DCC.LXXXX. 

Tires  des  registres  de  cette  academic. 

1798-1806,    Memoires   de    1'Institut   national    des    sciences    et   arts 

(1806,  Institut  des  sciences,  lettres,  et  arts)   pour  1'an  rvt-xnn 

Sciences  mathematiques  et  physiques,    t.  1-6. 

1806-15,   Memoires   de   la   Classe  des   sciences  mathematiques   et 

physiques  de    i'lnstitut  national   de   France    (1808-09,    1810,   2. 


FORMS  OF  ENTRY  55 

ptie.,  1812,  2.  ptie.,  1813-15,  Institut  de  France;  1810,  1.  ptie- 
1812,  1.  ptie.,  Institut  imperial  ...) 

1816-  •  Memoires  de  l'Acade*mie  royale  des  sciences  de  1'Insti- 
tut  de  France  (t.  20,  1849,  t.  22-24,  1850-54,  Academic  des  sci- 
ences ...;  t.  25-37,  1860-70,  Academic  des  sciences  de  1'Institut 
imperial  de  France;  t.  38-  1873-  Academic  des  sc;ences 

de  1'Institut  de  France) 

Volumes  for  1666-1790  have  title  vignette. 

Some  of  the  earlier  volumes  were  published  in  more  than  one 
edition ;  others  were  reissued  without  textual  changes  but  with  type 
reset  and  with  new  t.-p.  with  different  title  vignette.  The  differences 
in  the  copies  of  the  two  sets  in  the  Library  of  Congress  are  indicated 
on  the  "Library  has"  cards  which  follow. 

"Table  de  ce  qui  est  contenu  dans  les  volumes  du  recueil  des 
Memoires  de  1'Academie  royale  des  sciences  depuis  1666  jusqu'a 
1699" :  Histoire  de  1'academie,  t.  1,  1666-1686,  4  prelim,  pages. 

"Liste  de  messieurs  de  1'Academie  royale  des  sciences,  depuis 
1'etablissement  de  cette  compagnie  en  1666.  jusqu'en  1733.  Avec  le 
catalogue  des  ouvrages  qu'ils  ont  publics" :  Histoire  de  1'academie, 
t.  2,  1686-1699,  p.  t345H36. 

Eulogies,  biographies  and  bibliographies  of  members  are  included 
in  the  various  series  of  the  "Histoire"  and  "Memoires"  of  the  acad- 
emy; these  are  noted,  volume  by  volume,  in  Lasteyrie's  Biblio- 
graphic generale  des  trav.  hist,  et  arch.  pub.  par.  les  soc.  sav.  dc  la 
France,  t.  3,  p.  478  ff.,  and  supplementary  volumes. 

Atlas  to  accompany  Me*mpires  t.  33,  1861,  is  wanting  in  Library  of 
Congress  set.  The  following  title  is  taken  from  the  copy  in  the 
Library  of  the  U.  S.  Naval  observatory:  "Expose  d'un  moyen  de 
definir  et  de  nommer  les  couleurs  d'apres  tine  methode  precise  et 
experimentale  ...  Par  M.  E.  Chevreul.  Atlas.  Paris,  Typ.  de 
Firmin  Didot  freres  et  fils,  1861."  1  p.  1.,  14  col.  pi.  (1  fold.) 

1.  Science — Societies.  i.  Godin,  Louis,  1704-1760,  comp.  n.  De- 
mours,  Pierre,  1702-1795,  comp.  in.  Cotte,  Louis,  1740-1815,  comp. 
iv.  Rozier,  Francois,  1734-1793,  comp. 

Library  has : 

1666-1686  (t.  1)  pub.  1733. 

1686-1699  (t.  2)  pub.  1733. 

1666-1699*   (t.  3-11)  pub.  1729-1734. 

1699  3.  ed.,  rev.,  cor.  &  augm.          pub.  1732. 

1700  2.  ed.,  rev.,  cor.  &  augm.         pub.  1761. 

1701  2.  ed.,  rev.,  cor.  &  augm.         pub.  1743. 

1702  (new,  unnumbered  ed.)  pub.  1743. 

*  *  * 

Q46.A13_j_ 

Table  alphabetique  des  matieres  contenues  dans  1'Histoire  & 

les  Memoires  de  l'Academie  royale  des  sciences  ...    t.  1-10.     Paris, 
1729-1809  it.  1,  1734] 

10  v.    26cm. 

Title  vignette. 

Vols.  1-4  by  L.  Godin ;  v.  5-9  by  P.  Demours ;  v.  10  by  L.  Cotte 
(v.  5-10  have  title,  Table  generale) 

"Notices  sur  cette  table,  et  sur  les  differens  ouvrages  pub.  par 
l'Academie  royale  des  sciences" :  v.  10,  p.  [ij-xxviij. 

CONTENTS.— t.  I.  1666-1698.— t.  n.  1699-1710.— t.  in.  1711-1720.— 
t  iv.  1721-1730.— t.  v.  1731-1740.— t  vi.  1741-1750.— t.  vn.  1751- 
1760.— t.  VIIL  1761-1770.— t.  ix.  1771-1780.— t.  x.  1781-1790. 

Q46.A13     Index 

Nouvelle  table  des  articles  contenus  dans  les  volumes  de  l'Aca- 
demie royale  des  sciences  de  Paris,  depuis  1666  jusqu'en  1770,  dans 

*t.  3,  1.  ptie.,  pub.  1733;  t.  3,  2.  ptie.,  pub.  1733;  t.  3,  3.  ptie.,  pub. 
1734;  t.  4  pub.  1731;  t.  5  pub.  1729;  t.  6  pub.  1730;  t.  7,  1.  ptie.,  pub. 
1729;  t.  7,  2.  ptie.,  pub.  1729;  t.  8  pub.  1730;  t.  9  pub.  1730;  t.  10  pub. 
1730:  t.  11  pub.  1733. 


56  GUIDE  TO  CATALOGUING  SERIAL  PUBLICATIONS 

ceux  des  arts  et  metiers  pub.  par  cette  academic,  &  dans  la  collection 
academique.     Par  M.  1'abbe  Rozier  ...    t.  1-4.     Paris,  Ruault,  1775-76. 

4  v.    26cm. 

CONTENTS. — t.  1.  A-D.  (Includes  Tableau  chronologique  de  1' Aca- 
demic royale  des  sciences  de  Paris,  depuis  son  etablissement  en  1666, 
jusqu'en  1774.  p.  xiij-cxxviij)— t  2.  E^L.— t  3.  M-S.— t.  4.  T-Z. 
(Includes  Table  des  noms  des  acad&niciens  et  de  leurs  correspon- 
dans,  depuis  1666  jusqu'en  1770  inclusivement;  dans  laquelle  on 
trouve  le  catalogue  des  ouvrages  qu'ils^  ont  fait  imprimer,  &  la  liste 
de  leurs  memoires  ou  observations  qui  sont  consignes  dans  les  vo- 
lumes de  1'academie) 

Q46.A13     Index 

...  Tables  generates  des  travaux  contenus  dans  les  Memoires 

de  ^'academic,  pub.  par  MM.  les   secretaires   perpe"tuels.     Premiere 
seVie,  tomes  i  a  xiv  (an  vi — 1815). — Seconde  serie,  tomes  ,i  a  XL 
(1816-1878).     Paris,  Gauthier-Villars,  1881. 

3  p.  1.,  [3i-39  p.,  1  1.,  45,  50  p.    28cm. 

At  head  of  title :  Institut  de  France.    Academic  des  sciences. 

Q46.A132     Index 

Suite  des  Memoires  ... 

Paris,  1720- 

v.    26cm. 

Supplementary  volumes  were  issued  from  time  to  time,  some  of 
which  are  designated  as  "Suite  des  Memoires,"  while  others  are 
without  any  indication  of  the  series.  No  statement  has  been  found 
as  to  how  many  volumes  comprise  a  complete  set  of  these  supple- 
ments :  the  following  list  is  based  upon  information  found  in  Table 
...  des  matieres,  t.  10,  1781-1790,  p.  vii;  Lasteyrie,  Bibl.  gen.  des  trav. 
...  pub.  par  les  soc.  sav.,  t.  3;  Brunei,  Manuel  du  libraire,  t.  1;  and 
various  catalogues. 

CONTENTS. 

I.    Tabulae  astronomicae    Ludovici    Magni    jussu    et    munificentia 
exaratae  et  in  lucem  editae  ...     Adjecta  sunt  descriptio,  constructio  & 
usus    instrumentorum    astronomiae    novae    practicae    inservientium, 
variaque  problemata  astronomis   geographisque   perutilia.    Ad  me- 
ridianum  Observatorii  regii  parisiensis  in  quo  habitae  sunt  observa- 
tiones  ab  ipso  autore  Philippo  de  La  Hire  ...     Paris,  apud  Joannem 
Boudot,  regis  &  Regiae  scientiarum  academiae  typographum,  1702. 
8  p.  1.,  80,  102,  [2i  p.,  1  1.  incl.  tables,  diagrs.    4  fold.  pi.    26 em. 
Of  the  first  edition  of  this  work  only  the  first  part  was  published 

(Tabularum  astronomicarum   pars  prior,    1687)     The   edition   of 

1702  is  the  first  complete  edition ;  this  was  followed  by  various 

other  editions  and  translations. 

*  *  *  • 

QB291.C34  17-29094-8 

Occasionally  the  rule  for  cataloguing  supplements  to  periodi- 
cals is  followed  in  society  publications :  "Enter  a  monograph  is- 
sued as  a  supplement  to  a  periodical  under  the  author,  with  added 
entry  for  the  periodical."  (Guide  to  the  cataloguing  of  periodi- 
cals, p.  15) 

Philadelphia.     International  electrical  exhibition,  1884. 

...  International  electrical  exhibition — 1884,  of  the  Franklin  in- 
stitute ...  Reports  of  the  examiners  ...  Philadelphia,  The  Franklin 
institute,  1885-86. 

11  v.  illus.,  plates,  diagrs.  23cm.  (Supplementts]  to  the  Journal 
of  the  Franklin  institute.  1885-36  iv.  119-121]) 

"Issued  by  the  Board  of  managers  and  published  as  ...  supple- 
ment^] to  the  Journal  of  the  Franklin  institute  ..." 
Issued  also  separately. 

*  *  * 

1.  Electric  industries— Exhibitions.  i.  Franklin  institute,  Phila- 
delphia. Journal.  Supplement. 

T1.F8     vol.  119-121  19-5311 


FORMS   OF   ENTRY 


57 


62.  Monographs  issued  in  signatures.  Monographs  are  often 
issued  in  signatures  with  serial  publications,  being  paged  to  form 
independent  volumes.  These  are  to  be  assembled  according  to 
paging,  and  are  to  be  catalogued  as  separate  works,  with  an  ex- 
planatory note  on  the  series  entry. 

Rostini,  Charles,  b.  ca.  1710. 

...  Memoires  de  Rostini;  texte  revu  par  MM.  P.  &  L.  Lucciana  ... 
et  traduit  par  M.  1'abbe  Letteron  ...  Bastia,  V*  E.  Ollagnier,  1882. 

2  v.  in  1.    25cm.     (Societe  des  sciences  historiques  et  naturelles  de 
la  Corse.     (Bulletin)) 

Issued  originally  in  signatures  with  v.  1-2  of  the  Bulletin,  and  also 
afterward  in  volume  form.  The  present  copy  is  one  of  those  issued 
in  signatures. 

Italian  and  French  on  opposite  pages. 

Introductory  matter  in  v.  1  comprises  "Notice  bibliographique  sur 
le  manuscrit  de  Rostini,"  signed  Louis  Campi ;  and  "L'abbe  Rostini," 
signed  G.  P.  Borghetti. 

"L'ouvrage  traite  les  deux  premieres  phases  de  la  guerre  de 
quarante  ans  ...  c'est  un  journal  ecrit  pour  ainsi  dire  jour  par  jour, 
depuis  la  revolte  de  1729  jusqu'a  Farrivee  de  Maillebois  dans  File  en 
1741."— p.  iv. 

1.   Corsica — Hist. — 18th   cent.  i.    Lucciana,    Pierre,   ed.     n. 

Lucciana,  Louis,  ed.  in.  Letteron,  Lucien,  tr.  iv.  Campi,  Louis,  v. 
Borghetti,  G.  P.  vi.  Societe  des  sciences  historiques  et  naturelles  de 
la  Corse,  Bastia.  Bulletin. 

AS162.C8  13-7009 

Societe  des  sciences  historiques  et  naturelles  de  la  Corse,  Bastia. 

Bulletin,    v.  1-  annees  1881- 

Bastia,  V  Ollagnier  ietc.)  1882- 
v.  25cra. 

Vol.  1  comprises  fasc.  1-7,  10-12;  v.  2,  fasc.  13-30,  35-38,  43-44, 
48-49,  58;  v.  3,  fasc.  59-60,  61,  69;  v.  4,  fasc.  83-84,  103-106;  31. 
annee,  1911/12,  fasc.  325- 

Under  the  title  "Bulletin"  the  society  has  issued  both  a  series  of 
fascicles  containing  its  proceedings  and  miscellaneous  contributions, 
and  also  a  series  comprising  independent  monographs :  these  fascicles 
are  consecutively  numbered.  The  first  four  volumes  containing 
proceedings  have  general  t.-p.  "Bulletin,  v.  l-[4],  1881-t89i";  no 
other  bulletins  of  this  series  were  issued  until  1911,  when  another 
volume  (called  "xxxi*  annee")  was  published,  containing  proceed- 
ings and  short  contributions ;  this  volume  has  no  general  series  t.-p., 
but  there  is  a  combined  table  of  contents  in  the  last  number  cover- 
ing the  whole  year.  During  the  years  intervening  between  1889  and 
1911  the  society  issued  a  series  of  monographs  which  have  cover- 
title  "Bulletin"  but  no  series  t.-p.  (except  one,  which  has  series  title 
"Bulletin,  v.  5,  1901,"  and  half-title  "Lettres  diverses  a  Paoli") 

In  this  entry,  only  the  volumes  which  contain  proceedings  are 
entered ;  the  monographs  are  entered  under  their  own  titles,  with 
added  entry  under  "Societe  des  sciences  historiques  et  naturelles  de 
la  Corse,  Bastia.  Bulletin." 

1.  Corsica — Hist. — Societies. 

AS162.C8  13-7008 

Morelia,  Mexico.     Musep  michoacano. 

Anales  del  Museo  michoacano,  ano  1-4,  entr.  1-2;  imarzo  1888- 
julio  1891]  Morelia,  1888-91. 

3  v.  and  2  no.    illus.,  plates   (part  col.,  part  fold.)   photos.,  map, 
facsims.    23cm.        irregular. 

Edited  by  Nicolas  Leon. 
No  more  published. 

Devoted  partly  to  original  research  relating  to  the  Tarascan  lan- 
guage and  antiquities,  Mexican  bibliography,  and  natural  science  of 


58  GUIDE  TO  CATALOGUING  SERIAL.  PUBLICATIONS 

Michoacan,  and  partly  to  publishing  or  republishing  older  manu- 
script or  printed  works  on  the  idioms  or  history  of  Michoacan  (the 
latter  series  published  with  half-title:  Biblioteca-historico-filol6gica 
michoacana) 

"Notas  bibliograficas"  on  covers  of  monthly  numbers. 

"Bibliografia  mexicana  del  siglo  xvin.  1.  pte.  seccion  primera," 
A-C-Ch,  by  N.  Leon  :  v.  3,  p.  5-167. 

The  following  works  were  issued  in  signatures  with  the  Anales  : 

Arte  y  diccionario  tarascos  por  el  P.  Fr.  Juan  Bautista  de  Lagunas, 
impresos  en  Mexico  el  ano  1574.  Los  reimprime,  por  vez  primera 
el  doctor  Nicolas  Le6n.  1890.  2  p.  I,  viii,  168  p. 

Americana  thebaida.  Vitas  patrum  de  los  religiosos  hermitanos 
de  nuestro  padre  San  Augustin  de  la  provincia  de  San  Nicolas  To- 
lentino  de  Michoacan.  Dispuesta  por  el  P.  Fr.  Mathias  de  Escobar 
...  La  imprime  por  vez  primera.  El  doctor  Nicolas  Leon.  1890. 
2  p.  1.,  193  p.  (The  work  is  incomplete:  p.  193  ends  with  an  un- 
finished paragraph)  Signatures  15-25  (p.  106-193)  were  published 
in  the  Anales  ano  4,  entr.  1-2,  which  contained  no  other  matter. 

1.  Michoacan  —  Antiq.  2.  Tarascan  language.  3.  Natural  history  — 
Mexico.  4.  Mexico  —  Bibl.  i.  Leon.  Nicolas,  1859-  ed.  n. 
Title. 

Q23.M8  18-3721 

83.  Subjects.  The  general  subject  is  to  be  followed  by  subdi- 
vision Societies,  e.  g  Botany  —  Societies,  Astronomy  —  Societies. 

In  the  case  of  individual  authors,  the  subdivision  Societies,  pe- 
riodicals, etc.  is  to  be  used,  c.  g.  Shakespeare,  William  —  Societies, 
periodicals,  etc. 

Analytical  subjects  may  be  added  for  material  of  special  value 
which  would  not  otherwise  appear  in  the  catalogue,  an  explana- 
tory note  of  such  material  being  made  in  the  main  entry,  e.  g.  the 
subject  "Patents  —  U.  S."  in  the  following  entry: 

Franklin  institute,  Philadelphia. 

Journal,    v.  1-  Jan.  1826- 

Philadelphia,  1826- 

v.    illus.,  plates  (part  col.)  ports.,  maps,  charts,  tables,  diagrs. 
21i-23cm.    and  atlas  of  tables.    30*cm. 
Monthly,  forming  2  vols.  annually. 

Vols.  5-130  are  numbered  by  series  (new  ser.  v.  1-26;  3d  ser.  v. 
1-100)  Beginning  with  v.  42  they  carry  also  the  whole  numbers  as 
reckoned  from  the  first  volume  published;  after  v.  130  the  whole 
numbers  only  are  used. 

Supersedes  American  mechanics'  magazine  (Feb.  1825-Feb.  1826. 
2  v.) 

Title  varies:  Jan.  1826-Dec.  1827,  The  Franklin  journal,  and  Amer- 
ican mechanics'  magazine  ;  devoted  to  the  useful  arts,  internal 
improvements,  and  general  science.  Under  the  patronage  of  the 
Franklin  institute  of  the  state  of  Pennsylvania. 
Jan.  1828-Dec.  1835,  Journal  of  the  Franklin  institute  of  the  state 
of  Pennsylvania;  devoted  to  the  mechanic  arts,  manufactures, 
general  science,  and  the  recording-  of  American  and  other  pat- 
ented inventions^  X 

i  *  * 

Vol.  149  includes  papers  and  addresses  delivered  at  the  meetings 
held  Oct.  1899  in  commemoration  of  the  75th  anniversary  of  the 
institute. 

"The  Franklin  institute;  its  services  and  deserts.  By  Dr.  Persifor 
Frazer":  v.  165,  1908,  p.  i245)-298. 

As  already  shown  in  the  "title  varies"  note,  the  earlier  volumes 
included  a  record  of  American  patented  inventions.  "Prior  to  1843, 
the  claims  of  patents  were  omitted  from  the  Patent  office  publica- 


FOEMS  OF   ENTRY 


59 


tions,  the  names  of  inventors,  and  the  titles  of  inventions,  with  the 
dates  of  their  allowance  alone  being  published.  In  1843,  the  publi- 
cation of  the  claims  was  commenced,  beginning  with  patent  no.  2901. 
There  are,  therefore,  2900  patents  of  which  claims  and  descriptive 
matter  were  never  printed  by  the  Patent  office  for  public  use.  From 
the  year  1826  to  1859,  the  patent  reports  were  published,  more  or  less 
completely,  in  the  Franklin  journal,  afterwards  the  Journal  of  the 
Franklin  institute,  and  in  a  far  more  satisfactory  manner  than  in 
the  official  records."—  Index  to  the  Journal,  1826  to  1885,  p.  [415] 
1.  Technology  —  Period.  2.  Industrial  arts  —  Period.  3.  Patents  — 

U.  S. 

T1.F8  19-5307-10 

64.  Added  entries.     Make  added  entries  for  editors  (if  impor- 
tant),   compilers   of   indexes,    societies   whose   proceedings   are 
included  in  the  publication,  titles,  etc. 

65.  Added  entries  (Form  headings,  etc.) 

1.  Form  headings  :  All  the  publications  of  a  society  are  to  have 
added  entry  under  the  form  headings 


(a)  Societies.  -V,J*  IWI.K  1*J<**v  tl(  | 

(b)  Learned  institutions  and  societies. 

(The  latter  a  subheading  under  name  of  country  or  place  where 

the  society's  headquarters  are  located) 
These  form  entries  are  to  be  filed  in  public  catalogue  only. 

2.  Subject  headings:   Collections,   memoirs,   reports,   transac- 

tions, etc.,  of  societies  or  institutions  are  to  be  entered  un- 
der the  name  of  the  subject  or  subjects  of  which  they  treat, 
with  subdivision  Societies;  for  publications  of  universities, 
museums,  and  other  institutions,  and  of  certain  commis- 
sions, which  are  not  societies  in  the  ordinary  acceptation  of 
the  word,  the  form  Societies,  etc.,  is  to  be  used,  the  "etc." 
_to  be  disregarded  in  filing. 

(The  charter,  constitution,  by-laws,  lists  of  members,  and 
similar  publications,  which  contain  as  a  rule  little  or  no  matter 
dealing  with  those  subjects  and  relate  almost  exclusively  to  the 
organization  or  management  of  a  society,  are  not  to  be  entered 
under  subject) 

Example: 

The  Act  of  incorporation,  Constitution,   Proceedings,  of  the 

Boston  society  of  natural  history,  will  all  have  added  entry 

under  the  form  headings 

(a)  Societies. 

(b)  Boston  —  Learned  institutions  and  societies. 

But  only  the  Proceedings  will  appear  under  the  subject  heading 

(c)  Natural  history  —  Societies. 

A  series  of  papers  on  natural  history  published  by  a  museum 
will  appear  under  subject  heading          .tW^>  r*"t'''"ctYi't(0 

(d)  Natural  history—  Societies,  etc.  —  rTjP*-  1"°  ' 

3.  Works  about  societies,  e.  g.  a  history  or  bibliography  of  so- 

cieties of  a  particular  class  or  kind,  are  to  be  entered  as 
follows  : 

Chemical  societies.  (not  Chemistry  —  Societies) 

Ornithological  societies  —  Bibl.         (not  Birds  —  Societies  —  Bibl.) 


60  GUIDE  TO  CATALOGUING  SERIAL  PUBLICATIONS 

Example: 

Bolton's  "Chemical  societies  of  the  nineteenth  century"  will  ap- 
pear under 
Chemical  societies  —  Bibl. 


66.  Title  (Main  entry}  Main  pnrrv  is  \^  be  made  under  the 
title  of  a  society  publication  rather  than  under  the  name  of  the 
society  wnen  such  title  torms  arTmdependent  phrase  ^ 

...  The  Journal  ol  Hellenic  studies,    v.  1-  [1880]- 

London,   Pub.  by   the   Council,   and   sold   by   Macmillan   and  co. 

cl880j- 

v.    illus.,  plates,  maps,   facsuns.,  diagrs.    23-28"°.    and  atlas. 
39"".    semiannual. 

AA  head  of  title:  Society  for  the  promotion  of  Hellenic  studies. 
Editors  :  l880-9i;  K  J.  A.  Hort,  R.  C.  Jebb,  Ingram  Bywater,  Percy 

Gardner.—  1892-96,  Percy  Gardner,  Walter  Leaf,  A.  H.  Smith.— 

1897-         E.  A.  Gardner  (with  Walter  Leaf,  A.  H.  Smith,  1897; 

G.  F.  Hill,  F.  G.  Kenyon,  1898-  ) 

Vols.  1-8,  1880-87,  plates  published  separately  and  numbered  i- 
LXXXIII. 

"Index  to  volumes  r-viii"  :  v.  8,  p.  541-575. 

1.  Greek  philology  —  Period.  2.  Greece  —  Antiq.  —  Period.  3.  In- 
scriptions, Greek,  i.  Society  for  the  promotion  of  Hellenic  studies, 
London,  n.  Hort,  Fenton  John  Anthony,  1828-1892,  ed.  in.  Jebb, 
Richard  Claverhouse,  1841-1905,  ed.  iv.  Bywater,  Ingram,  1840- 
ed.  v.  Gardner,  Percy,  1846-  ed.  vi.  Leaf,  Walter,  1852-  ed. 
vn.  Smith,  Arthur  Hamilton,  1860-  ed.  vni.  Gardner,  Ernest 
Arthur,  1862-  ed.  ix.  Hill,  George  Francis,  1867-  ed.  x.  Ken- 
yon,  Frederic  George,  1863-  ed. 

DF10.J8  9-20515 

The  Museums  journal;   the  organ  of   the   Museums   association   ... 
v.  1-  July  1901- 

London,  Dulau  and  co.,  ltd.,  1902- 

v.    illus.,  plates,  ports.,  plans,  tab.    22cm.    monthly. 

Supersedes    the    association's    Report    of    proceedings,    published 
1890-1900. 
Editors:  July  1901-July  1909,  E.   Howarth.—  Aug.   1909-June  1914, 

F.  R.  Rowley.—  July  1914-  W.  R.  Butterfield. 

"Indexes  to  papers  read  before  the  Museums  association,  1890- 
1909.  Comp.  by  Charles  Madeley"  :  v.  9,  p.  427-452. 

The  "Museums  directory"  was  issued  with  v.  2-5,  in  a  form  to 
allow  it  to  be  taken  out  and  bound  separately.  In  this  set  the  direc- 
tory is  bound  with  the  volumes  as  originally  issued.  The  directory 
was  reissued  in  1911  in  separate,  enlarged  form. 

1.  Museums  —  Societies.  2.  Museums  —  Period.  3.  Museums  —  Gt. 
Brit.  i.  Museums  association,  n.  Howarth,  Elijah,  1853-  ed. 
in.  Rowley,  F.  R.,  ed.  iv.  Butterfield,  W.  Ruskin,  ed.  v.  Madeley, 
Charles,  ,1849-  comp. 

AM1.M7  8-83 

La  Revolution  de  1848;  bulletin  de  la  Societe  d'histoire  de  la  revolu- 

tion de  1848  ...    t.  1-  no.  1-  mars-avril  1904- 

Paris,  1904- 

v.  in  24cm.    bimonthly. 

Editor:  1904-  Georges  Renard. 

Bibliographies  included. 

List  of  members  in  v.  1-2,  5. 

1.  France  —  Hist.  —  February  revolution,  1848  —  Societies.  i.  So- 
ciete d'histoire  de  la  revolution  de  1848,  Paris,  n.  Renard,  Georges 
Francois,  1847-  ed. 

DC270.A4  15-20745 


FORMS   OF   ENTRY  61 

Title   (Added  entry)    _  Addedeptry  fc,  tp  be.  ma/fe _.fnr  ^'flfl 

which  are  distinctive,  buf  not  for  titles  commonly  used,  such  as 
"Report,  Bulletin,  etc.,  or  their  equivalents  in  other  languages. 

67.  "Not  analyzed"  slips.    "Not  analyzed"  slips  are  to  be  made 
for  monographic  sets  which  are  not  analyzed  at  present,  but  which 
may  be  analyzed  at  some  future  time,  e.  g. 

DD851.V4    Verein  fur  die  geschichte  Berlins. 
Schriften. 

hft.  1-46;  1865-1912,  and  continuations. 
Not  analyzed, 
(date) 
(initials  of  cataloguer) 

68.  "Want"  cards.    "Want"  cards  are  to  be  made  for  sets  which 
lack  one  or  more  volumes,  e  g. 

QC1        Paris  France 

Societe  franjaise  de  physique. 

Annuaire. 
Wants  : 
1911 
1915 

(initials  of  cataloguer;  date) 

In  recataloguing  sets  which  are  incomplete,  the  Shelf  list,  the 
Serial  record,  and  the  various  Want  lists  compiled  by  the  Smith- 
sonian Division  should  be  consulted,  for  in  these  lists  are  noted 
the  accessions  which  have  come  in  response  to  requests  for  miss- 
ing numbers  or  volumes. 

69.  Serial  record. 

General  periodical  and  continuation  record  to  cover: 

I.  Regular  periodicals,  i.  e.  publications  issued  periodically  at 
more  or  less  regular  intervals,  oftener  than  once  a  year 
and  numbered  correspondingly. 

Unbound  numbers  and  ^volumes  of  periodicals  are  sent  from 
Order  division  to  Periodical  division.  They  are  not  entered 
here  until  received  from  the  binder.  An  exception  may  oc- 
casionally be  made  when  a  set  of  which  most  of  the  vol- 
umes are  received  in  bound  form  includes  also  a  few  vol- 
umes which  are  unbound. 

ii.  Annuals  (Year-books;  Reports,  etc.,  of  institutions,  socie- 
ties, government  departments  and  other  bodies,  issued 
annually) 

in.  Reports,  Transactions,  Proceedings,  etc.,  not  necessarily  is- 
sued annually  or  at  regular  intervals,  but  nevertheless  to 
be  treated  as  serial  publications. 

iv.  Works  issued  in  instalments,  each  part  being  less  than  a 
complete  volume. 

Complete  monographs  which  form  .part  of  some  series  are 
regularly  catalogued  and  are  not  included  here,  except  that  a 
brief  memorandum  entry  is  filed  which  states  whether  a 
series  is  kept  together  or  separated  in  classification.  A  copy 
of  this  memorandum  entry  is  also  filed  in  the  Official 
catalogue. 


62  GUIDE  TO  CATALOGUING  SERIAL  PUBLICATIONS 

Contains  at  this  date: 

a.  Record  of  additions  since  March  1,  1905. 

b.  A  complete  statement  of  what  the  Library  of  Congress  pos- 

sesses of  certain  sets  in  the  reclassified  sections  of  the 
Library. 

(This  record  is  being  extended  as  rapidly  as  possible  to  cover 
all  sets  in  those  classes) 

c.  A  partial  statement  of  many  other  sets,  especially  of  those  in 

sections  not  yet  reclassified,  to  be  replaced  later  by  same 
record,  as  in  b. 

Serial  record  entries  for  Government  publications,  for  serial 
publications  in  American  history,  Bibliography  and  Library 
science  will,  for  the  present,  be  filed  apart  from  the  general 
Serial  record  in  the  sections  of  the  Catalogue  division  which 
deal  with  the  cataloguing  of  these  publications. 

When  entry  is  first  made  for  a  serial  publication  or  a  work  to 
be  completed,  but  appearing  in  parts  of  less  than  one  volume, 
the  main  card  is  to  be  stamped  "In  progress;  additions  on 
shelf-list,"  "Incomplete;  additions  on  shelf-list,"  or  "Refer  to 
cataloguer,"  as  the  case  may  be.  An  additional  memoran- 
dum entry  is  to  be  made  by  the  cataloguer  for  the  Serial  rec- 
ord. This  entry  is  to  consist  of  heading,  short  title,  statement 
of  numbers,  parts,  volumes,  or  years  received  up  to  the  time 
when  the  entry  is  made.  The  first  or  main  entry  is  usually 
to  be  printed,  provisional  entries  subject  to  revision  being  dis- 
tinguished by  two  daggers  ft  on  the  ms.  card.  On  the  back 
of  the  first  card  "Serial  record"  is  to  be  stamped  or  written, 
in  order  that  a  copy  of  the  printed  card  may  be  distributed 
to  the  assistant  in  charge  of  the  Serial  record.  This  does  not 
obviate  the  necessity  of  making  the  above  mentioned  memo- 
randum entry,  inasmuch  as  the  statement  of  what  the  Library 
contains  is  not  usually  printed  on  open  entries. 

The  above  order  of  treatment  also  holds  whenever  a  serial  or 
continuation  is  recatalogued,  or  when  the  entry  is  withdrawn 
for  additions  or  other  changes  by  the  cataloguer,  provided  of 
course  that  the  Serial  record  entry  has  not  already  been 
written. 

The  stamp  "In  progress  ..."  "Incomplete  ..."  etc.,  indicates  that  an 
entry  has  already  been  filed  in  the  Serial  record. 

A  cross  "X"  before  the  stamp  "In  progress,"  "Incomplete,"  etc.,  on 
the  shelf-lists  indicates  that  an  entry  has  been  made  for  the 
Serial  record,  duplicating  the  record  on  the  shelf-list. 

SPECIAL   PROCEDURE 

I.  Serials  in  sections  reclassified  but  not  recatalogued. 

a.  Entry  is  to  be  looked  up  in  the  Public  and  the  Old  official 
catalogues.  If  a  card  is  found  it  is  to  be  stamped  "In  prog- 
ress; additions  on  shelf-list"  or  "Incomplete;  additions  on 
shelf-list,"  and  an  entry  made  for  the  Serial  record,  dupli- 
cating the  regular  record  on  the  shelf -list.  When  a  set  is 


Add  to  paragraphs  70-72  on  p.  68-64. 

In  cataloging  of  pamphlets  we  must  consid 
two  forms  in  which  they  may  appear: 

1.  May  have  original  pamphlets  unbound  and 

2.  Reprints  of  pamphlets  (rare  and  valu- 
able. 

do  not  bind  them,- 


classify  in  broad  cliss  numbers  and  make  a 

brief  list  by,  authors  «nd  titles  and  fill 

these  in  pamph.  boxes.  Many  libraries  paste 

thair  list  on  pamph.  box. 

2.  Pamphlets  may  be  bound  separately  .and 

treated  as  any  other  book  in  classification 

and  cataloging. 

8.  Bind  pamphlets  together  according  to  a 

subjects.  These  bound  volumes  are  classified 

and  cataloged  as  a  set  with  contents  note 

and  analytics  for  each  pamphlet* 


FORMS  OF   ENTRY  63 

completed  or  the  serial  discontinued  or  issued  under  a  new 
title,  the  cataloguer  is  to  be  notified  in  order  that  a  com- 
plete catalogue  entry  may  be  prepared. 

b.  When  no  entry  is  found  in  the  Public  catalogue,  a  temporary 
card  is  to  be  written,  this  card  to  be  stamped  and  filed  in 
the  Public  catalogue.  A  second  card  is  to  be  written  (by 
the  cataloguer)  for  the  Serial  record,  duplicating  therefore 
the  record  on  the  regular  shelf  -list. 

ii.  Serials  in  sections  both  reclassified  and  re  catalogued,. 
New  sets,  or  a  volume  or  volumes  belonging  to  a  serial  not 
before  represented  in  the  Library,  are  to  be  referred  to 
the  cataloguers. 

in.  Serials  in  sections  not  reclassified. 

a.  When  cards  are  found  to  be  already  filed  for  these  publica- 

tions they  are  to  be  stamped,  the  entry  (if  in  the  Old  offi- 
cial catalogue)  to  be  withdrawn  and  copied  for  the  Public 
catalogue,  a  card  being  written  for  the  Serial  record.  Such 
sets  are  not  to  be  referred  to  the  cataloguer  except  when 
they  are  completed,  or  when  the  publication  is  discontin- 
ued or  issued  under  a  changed  (new)  title. 

b.  For  serials  neither  classified  nor  catalogued,  the  necessary 

entries  and  references  are  to  be  made  for  the  Public  cata- 
logue and  Serial  record. 

iv.  Special  points. 

Volumes  not  added  to  catalogue  cards  but  entered  on  Serial  rec- 
ord are  to  be  counted  and  reported  at  the  end  of  each  month 
to  the  Chief  of  the  Division  as  so  many  volumes  catalogued. 

All  indexes  (and  special  supplements,  appendixes,  etc.,  when 
containing  monographs,  catalogues  of  libraries,  lists  of  pub- 
lications, bibliographies,  and  the  like)  are  to  be  regularly  cat- 
alogued. Exceptions  are  certain  sets  which  would  require  a 
considerable  number  of  analytical.  These  are  to  be  referred 
for  special  decision. 

The  assistants  to  whom  doubtful  questions  may  be  referred  are 
those  in  charge  of  Official  publications  (documents),  Institu- 
tions and  societies,  Periodicals,  and  Serial  record. 

70.  "Miscellaneous"  cards  for  societies.  Blanket  entries  are  to 
be  made  for  ephemeral  leaflets,  etc.,  which  are  not  of  sufficient 
worth  to  be  separately  catalogued.  For  these  the  following  form 
is  used. 

Example: 

Drama  league  of  America. 

Miscellaneous   printed   matter   published    by  this   body   is   classi-  -iff-// 
fied  in  PN2016.D6S9 


71.  "Miscellaneous"  cards  for  college  and  university  material. 
The  secondary  publications  of  a  college  or  of  a  university  are  tem- 
porarily grouped  in  one  entry.  It  is  the  intention  to  make  separate 
entries  at  some  future  time  for  such  as  are  of  practical  value. 


64  GUIDE  TO  CATALOGUING  SERIAL  PUBLICATIONS 

Example: 

Minnesota.    University. 

Programs  (with  or  without  dissertations),  reports,  announce- 
ments, miscellaneous  serial  lists,  and  occasional  publications  that 
have  not  been  separately  listed  or  catalogued  are  to  be  found  on 
Shelf:  LD3329.Z9 

University  and  school  publications  to  be  in  part  regularly  cata- 
logued later. 

72.  "Miscellaneous"  cards  for  subjects.  Circulars^  broadsides, 
_£tc.,  bearing  upon  a  special  subject  but  iss'ued  by  different  bodies 
are  to  be  entered  as  followT: 


1   Animals,  Treatment  of. 
Pamphlets,  broadsides,  clippings,  and  other  miscellaneous  matter 
on  the  subject:  Treatment  of  animals,  not  separately  catalogued 
are  classified  in  HV4711.Z9 

73.  Capitals.    The  words  "society,"  "university,"  etc.,  or  their 
equivalents  when  used  in  place  of  the  full  name  of  the  body,  are 
•  V        .not  capitalized^  according  to  present  usage  in  the  Library  of  Con^ 
L  )        gress. 
\V  National  institute  for  the  promotion  of  science,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Report  of  the  recording  secretary  of  the  National  institute  for 
the  year  1850.     Rendered  December  2,  1850.    Ordered  to  be  printed 
for  the  use  of  the  institute.    Washington,  Printed  by  R.  A.  Waters, 
1850. 
10  p.    23cm. 

Q1J.S634  2-17650 

American  philosophical  society,  Philadelphia. 

Laws  and  regulations  of  the  American  philosophical  society,  held 
at  Philadelphia,  for  promoting  useful  knowledge,  as  finally  amended 
and  adopted,  Dec.  18,  1885.  Together  with  the  charter  of  the  society 
and  a  list  of  its  officers  and  councilors.  Philadelphia,  Press  of  Mc- 
Calla  &  Stavely,  1886. 

46  p     23cm 

Q11.P655     1886  15-4717 

Meldola,  Raphael,  1849-1915. 

The  coming  of  age  of  the  Essex  field  club.  A  record  of  local 
scientific  work,  1880-1901.  The  presidential  address  delivered  at 
the  22nd  annual  general  meeting  of  the  club  on  March  22nd,  1902, 
by  Raphael  Meldola  ...  Stratford,  Essex,  The  Club,  1902. 

cover-title,  44  p.    21icm. 

Reprinted  from  the  Essex  naturalist,  vol.  xn,  April  1902. 

1.  Essex  field  club.        i.  Title. 

QH1.E76      1902  19-2659 


Capitals  are  used  in  the  following  cases: 

a.  In  imprint,    cf.  52. 

b.  When,,  for  the  sake  of  brevity,  the  first  world  only  of  the  name  of  a 

society  or  other  body  is  given  on  the  card,  followed  by  marks  of 
elision,  c.  g.  Table  des  matieres  du  Bulletin  de  la  Societ6  ... 

c.  When  the  word  for  the  body  is  the  only  designation  on  the  title-page, 

and  the  name  must  be  determined  from  other  sources,  e.  g.  At  head 
of  title :  Memoir  of  the  Association  (meaning  the  American  asso- 
ciation for  the  advancement  of  science) 


FORMS  OF  ENTBY  65 

Societies,  etc.,  whose  names  begin  with  titular  designations 
(L,  K.,  R.,  Kgl.,  etc.) 

a.  In  title,  imprint,  notes  and  contents. 

Capitalize  the  word  following  the  titular  designation  when 
the  latter  consists  of  an  abbreviation  of  one  letter  only, 
e.  g.  K.,  I.,  R.,  or  K.  K. 

Example: 

R.  Accademia  delle  scienze  di  Torino; 
K.  K.  Akademie  der  bildenden  kiinste; 
N.  0.  Gewerb-verein. 

If  the  abbreviations  contain  more  than  one  letter  do  not 
capitalize  the  word  following,  e.  g. 

Kgl.  sachs.  ministerium  des  innern; 
Konigl.  bayr.  akademie  der  wissenschaften; 
Grossherzogl.  badische  hof-  und  landesbibliothek ; 
Nied.  osterr.  gewerb-verein. 

b.  In  headings.  * 

Capitalize  always  the  word  following  the  abbreviation,  e.  g.  X   ***  ' 

K.  Akademie  der  wissenschaften,  Munich.  ** 

Karlsruhe.    Grossh.  Badische  hof-  und  landesbibliothek. 


39491  O— 2{ 


ABBREVIATIONS 

NAMES  OF  MONTHS 


English 

French 

German 

Italian 

Spanish 

Portu- 
guese 

Dutch 

Danish 
Norwe- 
gian 

Swedish 

Jan. 
Feb. 

Jan. 
fev. 

Jan. 
feb. 

gen. 
feb. 

enero 
feb. 

Jan. 
fev. 

Jan. 
Feb. 

Jan. 
feb. 

Jan. 
feb. 

Mar. 

mars 

marz 

marzo 

marzo 

marc.o 

Maart 

f  marts  1 
\mars   ; 

mars 

Apr. 
May 

avril 
mai 

april 
mai 

apr. 
mag. 

abril 
mayo 

abril 
maio 

Apr. 
Mei 

april 
mai 

april 
maj 

June 

juin 

juni 

giugno 

junio 

junho 

Juni 

juni 

juni 

July 

juil. 

juli 

luglio 

julio 

julho 

Juli 

juli 

juli 

Aug. 

aout 

aug. 

ag. 

agosto 

agosto 

Aug. 

aug. 

aug. 

Sept. 

sept. 

sept. 

set. 

set. 

set. 

Sept. 

sept. 

sept. 

Oct. 

oct. 

okt. 

ott. 

oct. 

out. 

Oct. 

okt. 

okt. 

Nov. 

nov. 

nov. 

nov. 

nov. 

nov. 

Nov. 

nov. 

nov. 

Dec. 

dec. 

dez. 

die. 

die. 

dez. 

Dec. 

/dec.  \ 
\des.  / 

dec. 

Russian 
Name               Abbr. 

Polish 

Name           Abbr. 
(rarely  used) 

Hungarian 
Name          Abbr. 

JIHBiip'I.              HUB. 

$eBpajib       $esp. 
Mapxt           Mapn> 
anp-fejib         anp. 

Mitii                  Mail 

lIOHb                   ilOHb 

irojib             iHXib 
asrycTt.        aur. 

C€HTfl6pb       CCHT. 
OKTH<5pb         OKT. 
HO«6pb              HOfl6pb 

£6Ka6pb        ASK. 

styczen            stycz. 
luty                  lut. 
marzec            mar. 
kwiecien          kwiec. 
(kwiet.) 
maj                  maj 
czerwiec          czerw. 
lipiec    f           lip. 
sierpien           sierp. 
wrzesien         wrzes. 
pazdziernik     paz. 
listopad           list, 
grudzien          grudz. 
(grud.) 

januar            jan. 
februarius      feb. 
marczius         mircz. 
aprilis             apr. 

maj  us             maj  us 
junius             jun. 
Julius              jul. 
augusztus       aug. 
September       sept. 
October           oct. 
november       nov. 
deczember      decz. 

66 


EXAMPLES  OF  HEADINGS 

Owing-  to  the  length  of  the  entries  for  the  more  difficult  sets, 
it  is  impracticable  to  reproduce  them  here,  but  the  following-  list 
may  prove  suggestive  of  headings  under  which  to  look  for  illus- 
trative material. 

•"Academia  das  sciencias  de  Lisboa. 

R.  Academia  de  ciencias  exactas,  fisicas  y  naturales  de  Madrid. 

Academia  de  ciencias  medicas,  fisicas  y  naturales  de  la  Habana. 

Academia  romana,  Bucharest. 
v  R.  Accademia  dei  Lincei,  Rome. 
v>  Academic  des  inscriptions  et  belles-lettres,  Paris. 
v  Academic  des  sciences,  Paris. 
•f  Academic  des  sciences  morales  et  politiques,  Paris. 
^  Academic  franchise,  Paris. 

Academic  royale  des  sciences,  des  lettres  et  des  beaux-arts  de  Bel- 

gique,  Brussels. 

^  K.  Akademie  der  wissenschaften,  Berlin 
i^K.  Akademie  der  wissenschaften,  Munich. 
•"K.  Akademie  der  wissenschaften,  Vienna. 
•"K.  Akademie  van  wetenschappen,  Amsterdam. 
v  I.  Akademiia  nauk,  St.  Petersburg. 

Akademija  umiejgtnosci,  Krakow. 

Association  of  engineering  societies. 

B"lgarska  akademiia  na  naukitie,  Sofia. 

Ceska  spolecnost  nauk,  Prague. 

Chemical  society,  London. 

Colorado  college  of  dental  surgery,  Denver. 
/*    K.  Danske  videnskabernes  selskab,  Copenhagen. 

Fortschritte  der  physik. 

Franklin  institute,  Philadelphia. 

France.    Universite. 
V  K.  Gesellschaft  der  wissenschaften  zu  Gottingen. 

Gottingische  gelehrte  anzeigen. 

Gesellschaft  deutscher  naturforscher  und  aerzte. 

Magyar  tudomanyos  akademia,  Budapest. 

Morelia,  Mexico.     Museo  michoacano. 

Mexico  (City)     Universidad  nacional. 

Mexico  (City)     Universidad. 
V   National  academy  of  sciences,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Pan  American  scientific  congress. 

Paris.    Universite. 

Royal  society  of  Canada. 

Royal  society  of  London. 

Schweizerische  naturforschende  gesellschaft. 

Smithsonian  institution. 

Sociedad  cientifica  "Antonio  Alzate,"  Mexico. 

Sociedad  cientifica  argentine. 

Societe  des  sciences  historiques  et  naturelles  de  la  Corse,  Bastia. 
_  Srpska  kral'evska  akademija,  Belgrad. 
*    K.  Svenska  vetenskapsakademien,  Stockholm. 

Videnskabs-selskabet  i  Christiania. 

U.  S.    National  museum. 

67 


MASONIC  BODIES* 

By  G.  M.  Churchill 
MASONIC   ORGANIZATION 

Freemasons.     "Blue  lodge."     lst-3d  degrees. 

Local:  Lodges  having  name  or  number,  usually  both. 

State:  Grand  lodges. 

U.  S.:  No  central  body. 

Conventions  and  meetings  of  grand  masters  have  been  held,  but 
these  have  no  official  status. 

Other  countries:  Grand  lodges  under  various  names. 
In  the  United  States  some  states  are  divided,  for  administrative  pur- 
poses, into  numbered  masonic  districts ;  in  England,  into  provinces. 
In  Maryland  and  New  York  is  found  a  kind  of  executive  commit- 
tee of  the  Grand  lodge  called  the  Grand  stewards'  lodge. 

Royal  arch  masons.    4th-7th  degrees. 

Local:  Chapters  with  name  or  number,  like  "Blue  lodge." 

State:  Grand  chapters. 

U.  S. :  General  grand  chapter. 

States  are  subdivided  as  in  the  "Blue  lodges." 
Other  countries  (England,  Scotland,  Canada)  :  Chapters  and  grand 
chapters. 

Royal  and  select  masters.    "Cryptic  masons."    8th-10th  degrees. 

In  some  states  these  degrees  are  conferred  by  the  Chapter. 
Local:  Councils. 
State:  Grand  council. 
U.  S. :  General  grand  council. 
Other  countries  (England,  Canada)  :  Councils  and  grand  councils. 

Knights  templars.     llth-13th  degrees. 

Local :  Commanderies. 
State:  Grand  commandery. 
U.  S. :  Grand  encampment. 

These  four  bodies,  the  "Blue  lodge"  (Freemasons  proper), 
Royal  arch  masons,  Cryptic  masons,  and  Knights  templars,  make 
up  what  is  sometimes  called  the  "York  rite"  as  distinguished  from 
the  Scottish  rite. 

Ancient  accepted  Scottish  rite.     4th-33d  degrees. 

Local  bodies. 
Northern  j  urisdictipn : 
Lodge  of  perfection :  4th-14th  degrees. 
Council  of  princes  of  Jerusalem:  15th-16th  degrees. 
Chapter  of  Rose  croix :  17th-18th  degrees. 
Consistory  of  sublime   princes  of  the  royal  secret:    19th-32d 
degrees. 

*Library  of  Congress  printed  cards  not  in  agreement  with  the  following 
rules  are  being  changed  as  occasion  for  reprinting  arises. 

68 


MASONIC   BODIES  69 

Southern  jurisdiction: 

Lodge  of  perfection :  4th-14th  degrees. 

Chapter  of  Rose  croix:  15th-18th  degrees. 

Council  of  Kadosh:  19th-30th  degrees. 

Consistory  of  sublime  princes  of  the  royal  secret:  31st-32d 
degrees. 

In  the  United  States  and  Great  Britain  the  lst-3d  degrees  are 
conferred  only  by  the  "Blue  lodge."    The  33d  degree,  Sov- 
ereign grand  inspector  general,  is  conferred  by  the  Supreme 
council. 
State : 

In   some  states  are   found   Councils   of   deliberation;   in   some 

Grand  consistories;  some  have  no  state  organization. 
U.  S.: 

No  national  body;  instead  there  are  two  Supreme  councils  for 
the  Northern  and  Southern  jurisdictions. 

There  are  also  two  "clandestine"  Supreme  councils  for  the 
U.  S.  A.,  whose  publications  can  only  be  distinguished  by  not- 
ing carefully  the  names  of  the  officers. 

Other  bodies 

The  Eastern  star,  Mystic  shrine  and  Red  cross  of  Constantine 
draw  their  members  from  Masons  and  their  families,  but  have  no 
official  connection  with  Masonic  bodies.  There  are  other  "rites" 
or  bodies,  such  as  the  Rite  of  Mizraim,  some  of  which  are  rec- 
ognized and  some  not.  Colored  grand  lodges  exist  in  many  states 
but  are  not  recognized  by  most  white  masonic  bodies.  In  some 
states,  also,  "clandestine"  or  non-recognized  lodges  and  grand 
lodges  exist. 

RULE  FOR   MASONIC  BODIES 

Enter  publications  of  masonic  bodies  under  Freemasons,  fol- 
lowed by  place,  according  to  the  following  examples : 

1.  For  Masons  of  a  state  or  place  in  general,  unorganized: 
Freemasons.    Massachusetts. 

Subject  headings  have  the  same  form  as  the  author  entry  head- 
ings. 

Freemasons.    Galena,  III. 
Freemasons.    England — Hist. 

2.  For  "Blue  lodge"  bodies: 
Freemasons.    France.    Grand  orient. 
Freemasons.    Massachusetts.    Grand  lodge. 
Freemasons.    New  York  (State)    Grand  lodge. 

Freemasons.  Alexandria,     Fa.       Alexandria     Washington     lodge. 

No.  22. 

Freemasons.  Roxbury,  Mass.    Washington  lodge. 

Freemasons.  Lancaster,  Pa.    Lodge  no.  43. 

Freemasons.  New  Hampshire.    5th  masonic  district. 

Note. — Such  special  headings  as: 

Freemasons.    Maryland.    Grand  stewards'  lodge. 
Freemasons.     17.  8.    Conference  of  grand  masters,   Cedar  Rapids, 
la.,  1918. 

may  be  made  when  required. 


70  GUIDE  TO  CATALOGUING  SERIAL  PUBLICATIONS 

3.  For  Chapter  masonry  add  Royal  arch  masons  after  name  of 
place,  e.  g. 

a.  For  unorganized  Royal  arch  masons  in  general,  or  those  of 
a  state  or  place : 

Freemasons.    Royal  arch  masons. 
Freemasons.    Boston.    Royal  arch  matons. 

b.  For  national,  state  or  local  bodies: 

Freemasons.  U.  8.    Royal  arch  masons.    General  grand  chapter. 

Freemasons.  Maine.    Royal  arch  masons.    Grand  chapter. 

Freemasons.  Bridgewater,  Mass.     Royal  arch  masons.     Harmony 

chapter. 

Freemasons.  Binghampton,  N.  Y.     Royal  arch  masons.     Chapter 

no.  1S9. 

Subject  headings  have  the  same  form  as  the  author  entry  head- 
ings ;  the  forms  for  unorganized  Royal  arch  masons  may  be  used 
for  the  general  subject. 

The  exact  name  of  the  Grand  chapter  varies  slightly  in  the  different 
states,  e.  g.  Virginia  calls  it  the  Supreme  grand  royal  arch  chapter;  some 
states  say  Grand  royal  arch  chapter,  others  the  Grand  chapter  of  Royal 
arch  masons.  Make  headings  uniform  as  indicated  and  bring  out  any 
variations  in  the  title  or  a  note.  Cross-references  may  be  made  when 
necessary. 

4.  Treat  bodies  of  Cryptic  masons  (Councils  of  Royal  and  se- 
lect masters)  like  Royal  arch  masons,  e.  g. 

Freemasons.     U.    8.     Royal    and    select    masters.     General    grand 

council. 

Freemasons.    Maine.    Royal  and  select  masters.    Grand  council. 
Freemasons.    Portland,   Me.     ~Royal   and   select   masters.    Portland 

council,  no.  4. 

For  general  heading  or  subject  use: 
Freemasons.    Royal  and  select  masters. 
Freemasons.    Maine.    Royal  and  select  masters. 

5.  Treat  Knights  templars  like  Royal  arch  masons,  e.  g. 
Freemasons.     U.  8.    Knights  templars.    Grand  encampment. 
Freemasons.    Maine.    Knights  templars.    Grand  commandery. 
Freemasons.    Boston.    Knights  templars.    Boston  commandery. 

For  general  heading  or  subject  use : 
Freemasons.    Knights  templars. 
Freemasons.     Maine.     Knights  templars. 

6.  Treat  Scottish  rite  bodies  like  Royal  arch  masons,  e.  g 

Freemasons.  U.  8.  Scottish  rite.  Supreme  council  for  the  South- 
ern jurisdiction. 

Freemasons.  U.  8.  Scottish  rite.  Supreme  council  for  the  North- 
ern jurisdiction. 

Freemasons.    Massachusetts.    Scottish  rite.    Council  of  deliberation. 

Freemasons.    Boston.     Scottish  rite.     Massachusetts  consistory. 

Freemasons.  Boston.  Scottish  rite.  Giles  F.  Yates  council  of 
Princes  of  Jerusalem. 


MASONIC   BODIES  71 

Freemasons.    Boston.    Scottish  rite.    Mount  Olivet  chapter  of  Rose 
croia. 

Freemasons.    Boston.     Scottish   rite.     Boston   Lafayette   lodge   of 
perfection. 

Freemasons.    Washington,  D.  C.     Scottish  rite.     Robert  de  Bruce 
council,  Knights  Kadosh. 

For  general  heading  or  subject  use : 
Freemasons.    Scottish  rite. 
Freemasons.    Boston.    Scottish  rite. 

7.  Other  masonic  and  related  bodies. 

a.  Enter  the  Eastern  star  and  Mystic  shrine  under  their  own 
names,  not  under  Freemasons.     Their  organization  is  like  that  of 
"blue  lodges"  and  may  be 'treated  in  the  same  way. 

b.  For  colored  bodies  add  (Colored)  e.  g. 
Freemasons.    District  of  Columbia.    Grand  lodge  (Colored) 

For  general  heading  or  subject  use : 
Freemasons,  Negro. 

c.  Other  related  bodies  may  be  treated  like  Royal  arch  masons, 
e-  g- 

Freemasons.    District  of  Columbia.    Masonic  veteran  association. 
Freemasons.     U.  S.    Red  cross  of  Constantine. 

d.  Schismatic  grand  lodges  and  other  "clandestine"  bodies  may 
be  entered  like  regular  bodies.     The  distinction  can  generally  be 
brought  out  in  the  name,  e.  g. 

Freemasons.    New  York  (Btate)    St.  John's  Grand  lodge. 


BIBLIOGRAPHICAL  SUGGESTIONS 

In  the  list  which  follows,  no  attempt  has  been  made  to  cover 
the  ground  systematically.  The  references  have  been  selected 
from  notes  made  in  the  course  of  cataloguing.  They  are  intended 
rather  to  indicate  the  kinds  of  sources  in  which  information  con- 
cerning societies  and  institutions  may  be  found,  and  it  is  hoped 
that  this  statement  will  sufficiently  explain  the  somewhat  arbitrary 
inclusion  of  minor  references,  if  not  the  omission  of  many  of 
equal  or  greater  importance. 

The  works  which  have  proved  of  special  service  are  indicated 
by  an  asterisk. 

GENERAL  SOURCES 

Publications  of  the  bodies  themselves  are  of  first  importance; 
many  societies  publish  useful  bibliographical  data  in  the  text  of 
their  proceedings  or  on  the  covers  of  unbound  numbers,  while 
the  older  societies  usually  include  historical  notices  in  the  volumes 
for  the  anniversary  years  such  as  the  10th,  20th,  25th,  50th,  etc. 

National  bibliographies  such  as  Kayser's  Vollstandiges  biicher- 
lexicon;  Bibliographic  de  la  France,  etc.,  etc. 

Encyclopedias  of  the  various  countries:  information  is  often 
given  under  the  word  Academies,  Societies  or  their  equivalents, 
e.  g.  Encyclopaedia  Britannica,  article  "Academies";  La  Grande 
encyclopedic,  article  "Societe,"  etc.,  etc.  Important  societies  may 
be  found  under  their  names. 

Directories  and  local  histories    (for  local  societies) 

Charities  directories  (for  charitable  societies  and  institutions) 

Catalogues  of  libraries,  especially  of  libraries  of  important 
societies. 

Year-books  of  the  various  countries  (official  annuals,  etc.) 

Baedeker's  guides. 

The  Library  of  Congress  has  also  various  manuscript  sources 
of  information,  received  through  correspondence  with  the  socie- 
ties carried  on  by  the  different  divisions,  or  through  the  Smith- 
sonian Institution  in  connection  with  its  International  exchange. 

SPECIAL  SOURCES 

Catalogue  rules. 

"Catalog  rules :  author  and  title  entries.    Comp.  by  committees  of  the 
American  library  association  and  the   (British)   Library  associa- 
tion.   American  ed.    Boston,  A.  L.  A.  Publishing  board,  1908. 
xvi,  88  p.    ZSi™. 
J.  C.  M.  Hanson,  chairman  A.  L.  A.  committee,  editor  American 

edition. 

Z696.A52  8-27145 

72 


73 

*Cutter,  C.  A. 

Rules  for  a  dictionary  catalogue.  3d  ed.,  with  corrections  and 
additions  and  an  alphabetical  index.  Washington,  Govt.  print,  off., 
1891. 

140  p.  23cm.  (U.  S.  Bureau  of  education.  Special  report  on 
public  libraries,  pt.  n) 

Z605.C98R3  1-8363 

Cutter,  C.  A. 

Rules  for  a  dictionary  catalog.  4th  ed.,  rewritten.  Washington, 
Govt.  print,  off.,  1904. 

173  p.  23cm.  (U.  S.  Bureau  of  education.  Special  report  on 
public  libraries,  pt.  n) 

First  issued  as  pt.  2  of  the  1876  Special  report;  2d  edition,  1889; 
3d  edition,  1891. 

Edited  by  W.  P.  Cutter. 

Z695.C99  4-32517/8 

*Hanson,  J.  C.  M. 

Rules  for  corporate  entry.  By  J.  C.  M.  Hanson.  [New  York, 
1905] 

8  p.    26icm. 

Reprinted  from  the  Library  journal,  February,  1905. 

Z695.H22  CA  16-1317  Unrev'd 

Jahr,  T.  K.  T. 

Bibliography  of  cooperative  cataloguing  and  the  printing  _of  cata- 
logue cards,  with  incidental  references  to  international  bibliography 
and  the  Universal  catalogue  (1850-1902)  By  Torstein  Jahr  and 
Adam  Julius  Strohm. 

(In  U.  S.  Library  of  Congress.  Report  of  the  librarian  of  Con- 
gress for  the  fiscal  year  ending  June  30,  1902.  Washington,  1902. 
25 "".  app.  VI,  p.  109-224) 

Also  separately  issued. 

Z733.U57A  3-4434 

*U.  S.    Library  of  Congress.    Catalog  division. 

Guide  to  the  cataloguing  of  periodicals.  ^  Prepared  by  Mary  Wil- 
son MacNair,  Catalogue  division.  Washington,  Govt.  print,  off., 
Library  branch,  1918. 

23  p.    22icm. 

Z695.7.TJ6  18-26255 

Societies  and  periodicals  (General) 

*R.  Accademia  dei  Lincei,  Rome.    Biblioteca. 

Elenco  bibliografico  delle  accademie,  societa,  istituti  scientific!, 
direzioni  di  periodic!,  ecc.,  corrispondenti  con  la  Reale  accademia  dei 
Lincei,  c  indici  delle  loro  pubblicazioni  pervenute  all'  accademia  sino 
a  dicembre  1907.  Roma,  Tip.  della  R.  Accademia  dei  Lincei,  1908. 

1  p.  1.,  ivj-vii,  ill,  421  p.    19icm. 

Z5051.A21  9-6170 

Bolton,    H.    C. 

Catalogue  of  scientific  and  technical  periodicals.  1665-1895.  2d 
ed.  City  of  Washington,  Smithsonian  institution,  1897. 

vii,  1247  p.    24icm. 

Z7403.B69  Z-8 

*British  museum.    Dept.  of  printed  books. 

Catalogue  of  printed  books  in  the  library  of  the  British  museum, 
l" Academies"]  London,  Printed  by  W.  Clowes  and  sons,  limited, 
1885-86. 

1  pt.    35cm. 

Catalogue  of  printed  books.     Supplement.     ["Academies"]     Lon- 
don, Printed  by  W.  Clowes  and  sons,  limited,  1900. 

1  pt.    35°". 

Z921.B86  1-2814-5 

In  special  cases  the  "Additions"  published  in  semimonthly  parts 
may  be  consulted  also. 


74  GUIDE  TO  CATALOGUING  SEBIAL  PUBLICATIONS 

*British  museum  (Nat.  hist.)     Library. 

Catalogue  of  the  books,  manuscripts,  maps  and  drawings  in  the 
British  museum  (Natural  history)  London,  Printed  by  order  of 
the  Trustees,  1903-15. 

5  v.    29"". 

Z7409.B85  4-18991 

Clegg,  Tames. 

The  international  directory  of  booksellers,  and  bibliophile's  man- 
ual, including  lists  of  the  public  libraries  of  the  world,  publishers, 
book  collectors,  literary  and  scientific  societies,  universities  and 
colleges.  Rochdale,  J.  Clegg ;  New  York,  Dodd  &  Livingston ;  [etc., 
etc.j  1914. 

xiv,  644  p.    18Jcm. 

Z282.C6D73  13-26412 

*Grassauer,  Ferdinand. 

Generalkatalog  der  laufenden  periodischen  druckschriften  an  den 
osterreichischen  universitats-  und  studienbibliotheken,  den  biblib- 
theken  der  technischen  hochschulen,  der  Hochschule  fur  boden- 
cultur,  des  Gymnasiums  in  Zara,  des  Gymnasialmuseums  in  Troppau 
und  der  Handels-  und  nautischen  akademie  in  Triest.  Wien,  B.  Her- 
der, 1898. 

vii,  796  p.    25cm. 

Z6945.G77  7-20249 

Haupt,  Herman. 

List  of  periodical  engineering  literature,  (published  in  the  English 
language,)  prepared  at  "The  Rogers  engineering  library,"  University 
of  Pennsylvania.  Philadelphia,  1879. 

91  p.    23icm. 

Z6852.H37  2-3052 

*H6ricourt,  Achmet,  comte  d'. 

Annuaire  des  societes  savantes  de.  la  France  •  et  dc  1'etranger. 
Paris,  Durand  [etc.]  1863-64. 

2  v.    22cm. 

Z5051.H54  6-44933 

Jahresbericht    uber    soziale    hygiene,    demographic    und    medizinal- 
statistik,  sowie  alle  zweige  des  sozialen  versicherungswesen.    1.- 

jahrg.;  1900- 
Jena,  G.  Fischer,  1902- 
v.    24cm. 

Z7164.S66J2  7-20486 

*Kalender  fiir  geologen,  palaontologen,  und  mineralogen,  1898- 
Leipzig,  1898- 
v.    16~. 

QE23.K13 

*Minerva.    Jahrbuch  der  gelehrten  welt.     1.-  jahrg. ; 

1891/92- 
Strassburg,  K.  J.  Triibner,  1891-19 

v.     16cm. 
Publication  suspended,  1914/15- 

AS2.M6  6-13219 

*Pantheon;    adressbuch    der    kunst-    und    antiquitaten-sammler    und 
-handler,   bibliotheken,   archive,   museen,   kunst-,    altertums-   und 
geschichtsvereine,  bucherliebhaber,  numismatiker.     Eszlingen  a.  N., 
P.  Neflf  verlag  (M.  Schreiber)  1914. 
vii,  tlj,  496  p.    22icm. 

AM213.P3  14-4961 

*Scudder,  S.  H. 

Catalogue  of  scientific  serials  of  all  countries,  including  the  trans- 
actions of  learned  societies  in  the  natural,  physical,  and  mathemati- 
cal sciences,  1633-1876.  Cambridge,  Library  of  Harvard  university, 
1879. 

xii,  358  p.  24cm.  (Library  of  Harvard  university.  Special  publi- 
cations, i) 

Z7403.S43  2-7012 


BIBLIOGRAPHICAL    SUGGESTIONS 


75 


Severance,  H.  0. 

A  guide  to  the  current  periodicals  and  serials  of  the  United 
States  and  Canada,  1907.  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.,  G.  Wahr,  1907. 

330  p.    26cm. 

Second  edition  published  1908;  3d  edition,  1914. 

Z6951.S45  7-10312 

^Smithsonian   institution. 

Catalogue  of  publications  of  societies  and  of  periodical  works. 
Belonging  to  the  Smithsonian  institution,  January  1,  1866.  De- 
posited in  the  Library  of  Congress.  Washington,  Smithsonian  in- 
stitution, 1866. 

v,  591  p.    23Jcm. 

Issued  also  in  Smithsonian  miscellaneous  collections,  v.  9,  1869. 

Z881.U5     1866  a  16-8195 

Indexes. 

The  Agricultural   index.     1st-  annual   cumulation;    subject 

index  to  a  selected  list  of  agricultural  periodicals  and  bulletins. 
1916-  White  Plains,  N.  Y.,  and  New  York  city,  The  H.  W. 

Wilson  company,   1917- 
v.    26icm. 

Z5073.A45  17-8906 

Annual  library  index     (Various  issues) 

The  Engineering  index,     v.   1-4,   1884/91-1901/05.     New  York  and 
London,  The  Engineering  magazine;  [etc.,  etc.,  1892j-1906. 
4  v.    23-24cm. 
Continued  as  the  Engineering  index  annual. 

T1.E45  1-28090 

The  Engineering  index  annual,  comp.  from  the  Engineering  index 
pub.  monthly  in  the  Engineering  magazine,  iv.  1-  1906- 

New  York,  The  Engineering  magazine,  1907- 
v.    24cm. 

T1.E46  7-38575 

Fortschritte  der  technik.  Neue  folge  des  ...  Repertoriums  der  techn. 
journal-literatur.  Jahrbuch  des  Internationalen  institutes  fur  tech- 
no-bibliographie.  1.-  jahrg. ;  1909- 

Berlin,  Bibliographischer  zentral-verlag  [1910- 

v.    26cm. 
Also  issued  monthly  under  title :  Technische  auskunft. 

Z7913.R42  10-17691 

Galloupe,  F.  E. 

Galloupe's  general  index  to  engineering  periodicals.  Boston, 
1888-93. 

2  v.    23em. 

CONTENTS.— v.  1.  1883-87.— v.  2.  1888-92. 

Z5851.G25  6-3277 

Index  to  legal  periodicals  and  Law  library  journal,    v.  1- 
Jan.  1908- 

Chicago  [etc.]  The  American  association  of  law  libraries   [1908- 
13] ;  White  Plains,  N.  Y.,  The  H.  W.  Wilson  company  [1914,- 

v.    26cm.    quarterly. 

The  last  number  of  each  volume,  issued  in  January,  contains  the 
cumulative  index  to  periodicals  for  the  preceding  year. 

11-3276 

The  Industrial  arts  index;  annual  cumulation;  subject  index  to  a 
selected  list  of  engineering  and  trade  periodicals.     1st- 
1913- 

White  Plains,  N.  Y.,  and  New  York  city,  The  H.  W.  Wilson  com- 
pany, 1914- 

v.    26cm. 
The  annual  cumulation  for  each  year  forrns  the"  December  number 

for  the  corresponding  year  of  the  Industrial  arts  index   (5  nos.  a 

year) 

Z7913.1 7  14-5408 


76  GUIDE  TO  CATALOGUING  SEBIAL  PUBLICATIONS 

International  catalogue  of  scientific  literature.  Pub.  for  the  Inter- 
national council  by  the  Royal  society  of  London.  London  ictco 
1902- 

v.    2Hcm. 

An  annual  index  to  current  scientific  literature,  beginning  with 
1901  (the  literature  of  the  19th  century  being  covered  by  the  Royal 
society's  Catalogue  of  scientific  papers,  of  which  12  vols.,  covering 
period  1800-83,  3  vols.  (A-H)  of  the  period  1884-1900,  and  v.  1-3 
of  the  Subject  index  to  the  whole  have  appeared  to  date — June  27, 
1917) 

Z7401.1 62  R-8722 

The  Magazine  subject-index,  v.  1.  A  subject-index  to  seventy- 
nine  American  and  English  periodicals.  Forty-four  indexed  from 
their  first  issues  to  December  31,  1907.  Thirty-five  indexed  for 
the  year  1907.  Comp.  by  F.  W.  Faxon.  Boston,  The  Boston  book 
company,  1908. 
276  p.  25cra. 

Contains  the  cumulation  of  the  subject  index  issued  in  the  quar- 
terly number  of  the  Bulletin  of  bibliography. 
Continued  as  Annual  magazine  subject-index. 

AI  3.M25  8-19148 

The  Mining  world  index  of  current  literature,    v.  1-  1912- 

Chicago,  Mining  world  company,  1912- 

y.    23icm.    semiannual. 

An  international  bibliography  of  mining  and  the  mining  sciences. 
Compiled  and  revised  semiannually  from  the  index  of  the  world's 
current  literature  appearing  weekly  in  "Mining  and  engineering 
world." 

Z6737.M07  G  S  12-668 

Poggendorff,  J.  C. 

Biographisch-literarisches  handworterbuch  zur  geschichte  der  ex- 
acten  wissenschaften.  Leipzig,  J.  A.  Barth  [1858j-1904. 

4  v.  in  5.    25"". 

Z74D4.P74  l-Z-220 

i  Poole's   index   to  periodical   literature]     An  alphabetical   index  to 
subjects,  treated  in  the  reviews,  and  other  periodicals,  to  which 
no  indexes  have  been  published;  prepared  (by  W.  F.  Poolej    New 
York,  London,  G.  P.  Putnam,  1848. 
iv,  iSi-154  p.,  1  1.    22icm. 

AI  3.P7      1848  2-0534 

[Poole's  index  to  periodical  literaturej  An  index  to  periodical  litera- 
ture. By  W.  F.  Poole.  New  York,  C.  B.  Norton ;  [etc.,  etc.j  1853. 
x  p.,  1  1.,  521  p.,  1  1.  24icm. 

AI  3.P7     1853  2-9535 

[Poole's  index  to  periodical  literature]    An  index  to  periodical  litera- 
ture by  W.  F.  Poole.    3d  ed.  brought  down  to  Jan.  1882  with  the 
assistance  as  associate  editor  of  W.  I.  Fletcher.    Boston,  J.  R.  Os- 
good  &  co.,  1882. 
xxvii,  1442  p.    27cm. 

AI  3.P7      1882  2-8536 

Poole's   index  to  periodical   literature  by   W.   F.   Poole,   with   the 
assistance  as  associate  editor  of  W.  I.  Fletcher.    Rev.  ed.    v.  1. 
1802-1881.    Boston  and  New  York,  Houghton,  Mifflin  and  com- 
pany, 1893. 
1  v.  in  2.    27°". 

AI  3.P7      1893  2-9537 

Poole's  index  to  periodical  literature;  the  first  supplement  from  Jan. 
1,  1882,  to  Jan.  1,  1887.    Boston  and  New  York,  Houghton,  Mifflin 
and  co.,  1888. 
xiii,  483  p.    26*"". 

AI  3  P7      1888  2-9538 


BIBLIOGRAPHICAL    SUGGESTIONS  77 

Poole's  index  to  periodical  literature;  the  first  supplement  from 
January  1,  1882,  to  January  1,  1887.  Boston  and  New  York, 
Houghton,  Mifflin  and  company,  1893. 

xiii,  483  p.    27cm. 

AI  3.P7      1st  suppl.  1893  2-9539 

Poole's   index  to  periodical  literature;   the  second   supplement  from 
Jan.  1,  1887,  to  Jan.  1,  1892.     Boston  and  New  York,  Houghton, 
Mifflin  and  co.,  1893. 
xiii,  476  p.    26icm. 

AI  3.P7     2d  suppl.   1893  2-9540 

Poole's   index  to  periodical   literature;   the  second   supplement  from 
Jan.  1,  1887,  to  Jan.  1,  1892.     Boston  and  New  York,  Houghton, 
Mifflin  and  co.,  1899. 
xiii,  476  p.    27cra. 

A I  3.P7     2d  suppl.   1899  2-9541 

Poole's   index  to  periodical   literature;   third  supplement   from   Jan. 
1,    1892,   to   Dec.   31,   1896.    Boston   and   New   York,    Houghton, 
Mifflin  and  co.,  1897. 
xix,  637  p.    26icm. 

AI  3.P7     3d  suppl.  1897  2-9542 

Poole's  index  to  periodical  literature;  fourth  supplement  from  Jan- 
uary 1,  1897,  to  January  1,  1902.     Boston  and  New  York,  Hough- 
ton,  Mifflin  and  company,  1903. 
xiv  p.,  1  1.,  646  p.    27icm. 

AI  3.P7     4th   suppl.    1903          3-4428 

Poole's  index  to  periodical  literature;  fifth  supplement  from  January 
1,  1902,  to  January  1,  1907.     Boston  and  New  York,  Houghton, 
Mifflin  and  company,  1908. 
xv,  714  p.,  1  1.    27*cm. 

AI  3.P7      5th  suppl.  1908          8-11725 

Readers'  guide  to  periodical  literature.  Author  and  subject  index 
to  a  selected  list  of  periodicals,  v.  1-  Feb.  1901- 

Minneapolis,  Minn.,  H.  W.  Wilson  tetc.]  1901-13;  White  Plains, 
N.  Y.,  and  New  York  city,  The  H.  W.  Wilson  company,  1913- 

v.  26cm.     monthly. 

December  number  contains  annual  cumulation  for  preceding  year. 
Absorbed  the  Cumulative  index  of  Cleveland,  O.,  in  November  1903. 

The  volume  numbers  of  this  publication  were  continued  in  the  Readers' 

guide  till  1906. 

AI3.R4  5-147fifl/5 

Repertorium  der  technischen  journal-literatur. 
Repertorium  der  technischen  literatur  die  jahre  1823  bis  einschl. 

1853  umfassend.     Berlin,  Decker,  1856. 
xvi,  1049,  ill  p.    24cm. 

Repertorium  der  technischen  literatur.     Neue  folge,  die  jahre 

1854  bis  einschliesslich  1868  umfassend.     Leipzig,  A.  Felix,  1871-73. 
2  v.    24cm. 

Issued  in  4  parts,  1870-73. 

Repertorium  der  technischen  literatur.     Neue  folge,  die  jahre 

1869  bis  einschliesslich  1873  umfassend.    Leipzig,  A.  Felix,  1876-78. 

2  v.    24"". 

Issued  in  4  parts,  1875-78. 

Repertorium   der   technischen   joornal-literatur.    jahrg.    1874- 

1908.    Leipzig,  A.  Felix,    1875-79;  Berlin,  C.  Heymann,  1881-1909. 

35  v.    28cm   (1874-78:  24cm)     annual. 
Superseded  by  Fortschritte  der  technik. 

Z7913.R42  7-21048-53 

Repertorium  der  technischen,  mathematischen  und  naturwissen- 
schaftlichen  journal-literatur.  Hrsg.  von  F.  Schotte.  1.-3.  jahrg. ; 
1869-71.  Leipzig,  Quandt  &  Handel,  1869-71. 

3  v.    24cra. 

No  more  published. 

Z7913.R43  7-21054 


78  GUIDE  TO  CATALOGUING  SERIAL  PUBLICATIONS 

Repertorium   der   verhandelir.gen   en   bijdragen,   betreffende   de   ge- 

schiedenis  des  vaderlands,  in  mengelwerken  en  tijdschriften  tot 

op  1860  verschenen.    Door  R.  Fruin,  J.  T.  Bodel  Nijenhuis  iet  al.i 

Leiden,  J.  K.  Steenhoff  (1863) 

2  p.  1.,  xi,  398,  [2j  p.    24OT. 

"Lijst  van  de  gebruikte  mengelwerken  en  tijdschriften" :  p.  [9j-50. 
•    Supplement    op    het    Repertorium    der    verhandelingen    en 

bijdragen,  tot  op  1870  verschenen.    Leiden,  J.  K.  Steenhoff,  1872. 

xv,  ill,  271,  [1]  p.    24em. 

"Lijst  van  de  320  gebruikte  mengelwerken  en  tijdschriften":  p. 
1-19. 

-  Tweede  supplement  op  het  Repertorium  der  verhandelingen 
en  bijdragen,  tot  op  1880  verschenen.    Leiden,  E.  J.  Brill,  1884. 
xiii,  ill,  172  p.    24cm. 

"Alphabetische  lijst  van  de  158  mengelwerken  en  tijdschriften" : 
p.  il)-9. 

-  Derde  supplement  op  het  Repertorium  der  verhandelingen  en 
bijdragen,  tot  op  1890  verschenen.     Leiden,  E.  J.  Brill,  1893. 
xxii,  251  p.    24cm. 

"Dit  derde  supplement  op  het  'Repertorium'  zal  tevens  het  laatste 
zein." — Voorbericht. 

A  revised  edition,  by  L.  D.  Petit,  was  issued  1905-07  (5  pt.  in  1  v.) 

Z2416.R45  2-15808-11 

Repertorium   der   verhandelingen    en    bijdragen   betreffende    de   ge- 

schiedenis  des  vaderlands,  in  tijdschriften  en  mengelwerken  tot  op 

1900  verschenen,  bewerkt  door  Louis  D.  Petit.     Leiden,  E.  T.  Brill, 

1907. 

10,  ilOi,  xxix  p.,  284  col.,  [6]  p.,  285-572  col.,  2  1.,  573-S92  col.,  2  L, 
893-1638  col.  25cm. 

Revised  and  enlarged  edition  incorporating  all  the  material  in  the 
first  edition  (1863)  and  its  three  supplements  (1872,  1884,  1893) 
Tweede  deel,  de  literatuur  bevattende,  verschenen  van  1901- 

1910.    Leiden,  E.  J.  Brill,  1913. 

9,  [61,  xvii  p.,  884  col.    24*"°. 

Z2416.R46  5-19566 

Richardson,  E.  C. 

Periodical  articles  on  religion,  1890-1899.  Author  index.  New 
York,  For  the  Hartford  seminary  press  by  C.  Scribner's  sons ;  [etc., 
etc.,  e1911i 

4  p.  I,  876  p.    24icm. 

Z7753.R56A  11-18734 

Royal  society  of  London. 

Catalogue  of  scientific  papers,  1800-1900.  Subject  index.  Cam- 
bridge, University  press,  1908- 

v.    26icm. 

To  be  issued  in  17  vols.,  classified  like  the  International  catalogue 
of  scientific  literature. 

Z7403.R881  8-24586 

Royal  society  of  London. 

Catalogue  of  scientific  papers  (1800-[1900j)  Comp.  by  the  Royal 
society  of  London. 

London,   C.   J.    Clay   and   sons,    1867-1902;    Cambridge,   University 
press,  1914- 

v.    29x22icm. 

An  author  index  to  scientific  papers  contained  in  the  transactions 
of  societies,  journals,  and  other  periodical  works.  Continued  by  the 
International  catalogue  of  scientific  literature,  which  deals  with 
literature  published  after  1900.  Complemented  by  the  society's 
"Catalogue  of  scientific  papers,  1800-1900.  Subject  index,"  the  pub- 
lication of  which  was  begun  in  1908.  The  work  is  to  consist  of  17 
vols.  classified  by  the  system  of  the  International  catalogue  of  sci- 
entific literature. 

Z7403.R88  2-11462 


BIBLIOGRAPHICAL    SUGGESTIONS 

The  Technical   press   index.     Comp.   in   cumulative   form   from  the 
Technical   press   index   pub.   monthly   in   the   Engineering  digest. 
Jan.  1908- 
New  York,  The  Technical  literature  company ;  [etc.,  etc.]  1909- 

v.    26cm. 

Z7913.T43  10-3704 

International  associations.  t 

*Annuaire  de  la  vie  Internationale.     2.  ser.,  v.  1-2;   1908/09-1910/11. 
Monaco,  Institut  international  de  la  paix  [etc.,  1909-12] 

2  v.     18Jcm.     (Publications  de  1'Institut  international  de  la  paix. 

no.  3,  47) 

JX1904.A4  8-6350 

*Eijkman,  P.  H. 

L'internationalisme  medical.  Publication  dtt  Bureau  preliminaire 
de  la  fondation  pour  l'internationalisme,  La  Haye.  Amsterdam,  F. 
van  Rossen,  1910. 

cover-title,  44  p.,  51  1.    24cm. 

"Notes"  [list  of  international  congresses,  conferences  and  associ- 
ations] 51  1.  at  end. 

R10.5.A3E6  10-17832 

*Eijkman,  P.  H. 

L'internationalisme   scientifique    (>ciences   pures   et   lettres).     La 
Haye  tW.  P.  van  Stockum  et  fihi  1911. 
3'  p.  1.,  xii,  108  p.,  162  1.    24icm. 

"Notes"  [list  of  international  congresses,  conferences  and  associa- 
tions] 162  1.  at  end. 

AS4.F7     no.  2  12-1659 

International  socialist  congress.    8th,  Copenhagen,  1910. 

Huitieme  Congres  socialiste  international  tenu  a  Copenhague  du  28 
aout  au  3  septembre  1910.     Compte  rendu  analytique.    Gand,  Soc. 
coop.  "Volksdrukkerij,"  1911. 
511,  ill  p.    18cm. 
"Congres  socialistes  internationaux" :  p.  [3]-5. 

HX13.A5      1911  12-2133 

Internationales  taschenbuch  fiir  orientalisten.     1.- 
jahrg.;  1907- 

Halle  a.  Saale,  New  York,  R.  Haupt  [1907?- 
v.    17cra. 

PJ10.1 5  7-25923 

Overbergh,  Cyrille  van. 
L'association  internationale.     Bruxelles,  A.  de  Wit,  1907. 

3  p.  1.,  3-329  p.    25 cm.     (Le  mouvement  sociologique  international. 
Organe  de  la  Societe  beige  de  sociologie.     Enquete  no.  3) 

AS5.O8  8-17033 

Panama-Pacific  international  exposition  company. 

An    announcement;    congresses,    conferences,    conventions.     Pan- 
ama-Pacific   international    exposition,    San    Francisco,    1915.     [San 
Francisco,  1915i 
86  p.    23cm. 

TC781.N1A4  15-23708 

Russell's   convention  dates,     v.   1-19.     Newark,   N.   J.,   H.   Russell, 

1896-1914. 

19  v.    31cm. 

Discontinued. 

HS1.R7  CA  10-455    Unrev'd 

Tollj  Benno,  baron  von. 

Die  internationalen  bureaux  der  allgemeinen  volkerrechtlichen 
verwaltungsvereine.  Tubingen,  1910.  24icm. 

viii.  115  p.    24icm. 

JX1995.T6 

Union  des  associations  internationales,  Brussels. 

L'Union  des  associations  internationales.  [Bruxelles,  O.  Lam- 
berty,  imprimeur  de  1'Institut  international  de  bibliographic]  1912. 


80  GUIDE  TO  CATALOGUING  SERIAL  PUBLICATIONS 

162  p      25°".     (Office   central   des   associations    Internationales. 
Publication  n«.  25)  12_22680 


La  Vie  Internationale,  revue  mensuelle  des  idees,  des   faits  et  des 
organismes  internationaux.    t.  1-  1912- 

Bruxelles,  Office  central  des  associations   internationales   [1912]- 

JX3.V6  12-26286 

Australasia. 

*Sydney.    Free  public  library. 

Australasian  bibliography.  Sydney,  C.  Potter,  government  printer, 
1893.  em 

Z4011.S98  1-10544 

Austria. 

*Austria.     Ministerium  fur  cultus  und  untcrricht. 

Handbuch  der  kunstpflege  in  Osterreich;  hrsg.  vom  K.  K.  Mini- 
sterium  fur  cultus  und  unterricht,  redigiert  von  Wilhelm  freiherrn 
von  Weckbecker.  3.  aufl.  Wien,  Im  Kaiserlich-koniglichen  schul- 
bucher-verlage,  1902. 

1  p.  1.,  xviii,  818  p.,  1  1.    20*™. 
Bibliographies  throughout  the  work. 

N6801.A5      1902  4-31809 

Jahresbericht    der    Konigl.     Bohmischen    gesellschaft    der    wissen- 
schaften. 

Includes  in  its  exchange  list  many  societies  of  middle  and  south- 
eastern Europe. 
Useful  for  names  of  societies. 

AS142.C34 

*Magyar  Minerva.     1.-  evfolyam;  1900- 

Budapest,  1900- 
v.    20cm. 

AS132.M2  5-14763 

Winckler,  Johann. 

Die  periodische  presse  Oesterreichs.    Wien,  L.  Sommer  &  comp., 
1875. 
234,  222  p.    26iem. 

Z6956.A9W7  2-26435 

Belgium. 

*Annuaire  de  la  Belgique  scientifique,  artistique  et  litteraire.  Ser- 
vices administratifs,  associations,  instituts,  musees,  archives,  biblio- 
theques,  collections  publiques  et  privees,  enseignement  superieur, 
documentation.  Bruxelles,  1908. 

xxxvi,  368  p.  24icm.  (Institut  international  de  bibliographic. 
Publication  no.  71  ) 

Z1008.B92      1871  8-21039 

Dutch  East  Indies. 

Chijs,  J.  A.  van  der. 

Proeve  eener  Ned.  Indische  bibliographic  (1659-1870)  tBatavia, 
Bruining  &  Wijt,  1875] 

4  p.  1.,  iii,  i2j,  325  p.  26cm.  (Added  t.-p.:  Verhandelingen  van  het 
Bataviaasch  genootschap  van  kunsten  en  wetenschappen.  decl 
xxxvii  ) 

-  Vermeerderde  en  verbeterde  herdruk  voor  de  jaren 
1659-1720,  supplement  en  verbeteringen  voor  de  jaren  1721-1870. 
Batavia,  W.  Bruining  &  co.,  1879. 

2  p.  L,  ii,  [2j,  93  p.,  1  1.    26"".     [With  his  Proeve.    [Batavia,  1875)] 
--  Supplement  n.     (Verhandelingen  van  het  Bataviaasch 
genootschap   van   kunsten    en    wetenschappen.     deel  LV.     3*    stuk) 
Batavia,  Albrecht  &  co.  ;  's  Hage,  M.  Nijhoff,  1903. 

2  p.  L,  i5i-64  p.    27™. 

Z3271.C53  1-25007-8  a 


BIBLIOGRAPHICAL    SUGGESTIONS  81 


France. 


Abel,  C. 

Histoire  des  anciennes  societes  savantes  du  pays  messin. 
(In  Societe  d'archeologie  et  d'histoire  de  la  Moselle,  Metz.     Me- 
moires.     Metz,  1859.    23cm.     1858,  p.  i69>81) 

DC611.M897S6  9-29005 

L'Annee  scientifique  et  industrielle:  ou,  Expose"  annuel  des  travaux 
scientifiques,  des  inventions  et  des  principles  applications  de  la 
science  a  1'industrie  et  aux  arts  qui  ont  attire  1'attention  publique 
en  France  et  a  1'etranger. 
Paris,  L.  Hachette  et  c".,  18 

v.    illus.,  plates,  maps.    18icm. 

Tables  decennales.    1856-1865.    Paris,  L.  Hachette  et  cu,  1866. 

2  p.  i.,  200  p.  mm. 

Tables    des    vingt    premiers    volumes,    1857-1877.      Paris, 


Hachette  et  c",  1877. 
2  p.  L,  295  p.    18cm. 


T2.A6  7-28190-2 


Bibliographic    roussillonnaise,    dressee   par    Pierre   Vidal   et   Joseph 

Calmette. 

(In  Societe  agricole,  scientifique  &  litteraire  des  Pyrene'es-Orien- 
tales,  Perpignan.  iBulletini  Perpignan,  1906.  23cm.  47.  v.,  p.  i5i- 

558) 

Q46.P95      vol.  47 

Caen,  France.    Bibliotheque  municipale. 

Catalogue  des  ouvrages  normands  de  la  Bibliotheque  municipale 
de  Caen.  Par  Gaston  tavalley.  Caen,  L.  Jouan,  1910-12. 

3  v.    25icra. 

Z2184.N84C2  11-11457 

*Deniker,  Joseph. 

Bibliographic  des  travaux  scientifiques   (sciences  mathe'matiques, 
physiques  et  naturelles)  pub.  par  les  societes  savantes  de  la  France 
depuis  1'origine  jusqu'en  1888.     Paris,  Imprimerie  nationale,  1916- 
v.    28icra. 

Vol.  1,  issued  in  3  parts  (1895-1916)  covers  the  literature  for  the 
departments  Ain-Orne. 

Z7403.D39  P-2249 

Federn,  Robert. 

Repertoire  bibliographique  de  la  litte'rature  franchise  des  origines 
a  1911.  Leipzig-Berlin,  F.  Volckmar,  1913. 

Ixii,  612  p.    24cm. 

Issued  in  7  parts,  1911-13. 

Z2161.F43  11-27910 

*France.    Comite  des  travaux  historiques  et  scientifiques. 

Bibliographic  des  socie"tes  savantes  de  la  France.  Premiere  partie. 
Departements.  Paris,  Imprimerie  nationale,  1878. 

2  p.  I,  83  p.    24**-. 

"Extrait  de  la  Revue  des  socie'tes  savantes,  6*  serie,  tome  vi." 

Edited  by  Ulysse  Robert. 

Pt.  2,  which  was  to  have  dealt  with  the  societies  of  Paris,  was 
never  published. 

Z5055.F69F8  18-7014 

*France.    Comite  des  travaux  historiqucs  et  scientifiques. 

Liste  des  metnbres  tirulaires,  honoraires  et  non  residents  du  Comit6, 
des  correspondants  honoraires  et  des  correspondants  du  Ministere 
de  1'instruction  publique,  ^des  soci&e's  savantes  de  Paris  et  des  de- 
partements.  Paris,  Imprimerie  nationale,  1895. 

106  p.  25cm.  ([France]  Ministere  de  1'instruction  publique  et  des 
beaux-arts) 

DC2.F88  l-F-3192 

39491  0—29 6 


82  GUIDE  TO  CATALOGUING  SERIAL  PUBLICATIONS 

*Lasteyrie  du  Saillant,  R.  C.f  comte  de. 

Bibliographic  ge"n6rale  des  travaux  historiques  et  archeologiques 
publics  par  les  socie"t6s  savantes  de  la  France,  dressee  sous  les 
auspices  du  Ministere  de  1'instruction  publique.  Paris,  Irnprimerie 
nationale,  1888- 

v.    29x22icrt. 

Publication  of  the  Comite"  des  travaux  historiques  et  scientifiques. 

Issued  in  parts,  1885^ 

Vols.  1-4  cover  the  literature  published  to  the  year  1885;  v.  5- 
1886-1900. 

Supplemented  for  the  literature  published  after  1900  by  Biblio- 
graphic annuelle  des  travaux  historiques  et  arche"ologiques  public's 
par  les  societe"s  savantes  de  la  France,  t.  1-  annees  1901/04- 

pub.  1906- 

Z2183.L34  1-8412 

*Lefevre-Pontalis,  E.  A. 

Bibliographic  des  societes  savantes  de  la  France,  par  Eugene  Le- 
fevre-Pontalis.  [1886]  Paris,  Irnprimerie  nationale,  1887. 

vii,  142  p.    27ix22cm. 

At  head  of  title :  Ministere  de  1'instruction  publique  et  des  beaux- 
arts.  Comite  des  travaux  historiques  et  scientifiques. 

"Cette  bibliographic  forme  en  partie  le  sommaire  du  grand 
ouvrage  erttrepns  par  le  Ministere  de  1'instruction  publique"  iet  pub. 
sous  la  direction  de  M.  R.  de  Lasteyrie,  1885-  i 

The  bibliography  for  1885,  by  M.  Lefevre-Pontalis,  appeared  in  M. 
Xavier  Charmes'  Le  Comite  des  travaux  historiques  et  scientifiques. 
Paris,  1886,  v.  2,  p.  475-586. 

Z5055.F69L5  12-4858 

Liste  des  societes  correspondantes. 

(In  Societe  linneenne  du  nord  de  la  France,  Amiens.     Memoires. 
Amiens,  1902.    22 cm.    t.  10,  1899/1902,  p.  [603] -613) 
Gives  dates  of  founding. 

QH3.S82     vol.  10 

Nancy.    Bibliotheque  municipale. 

Catalogue  des  livres  et  documents  imprimes  du  Fonds  lorrain  de 
la  Bibliotheque  municipale  de  Nancy,  dresse  et  pub.  sous  la  direction 
de  T.  Favier.  Nancy,  Impr.  A.  Crepin-Leblono,  1898. 

2  p.  1.,  xv,  794  p.    25*"". 

Z2184.L87N2  11-19094 

Rhone,  France  (Dept.) 

Les  societes  savantes  de  Lyon.  Rapport  pre'sente'  par  le  Comite 
departemental  du  Rhone,  v*  -section. — Enseignement.  v*  sous-sec- 
tion.— Societes  savantes.  Lyon,  A.  Rey  et  c",  1900. 

xi,  69  p.,  1  1.    27JcraJ 

AS156.L7R4  4-15054 

Societe  d'agriculture,  sciences  et  arts  de  la  Sarthe,  Le  Mans.    Biblio- 
theque. 

Catalogue  de  la  Bibliotheque  de  la  Societe;  redig6  par  Louis  Bri- 
ere.  Le  Mans,  E.  Monnoyer,  1877-1881. 

3  p.  1.,  ii,  515  p.    24cm. 

"Ouvrages  relatifs  a  1'histoire  du  Maine" :  p.  265-377. 
Supplement  redige  par  Amb.  Gentil.    Le  Mans,  Impr.  Mon- 
noyer, 1911. 

cover-title,  80  p.    25icm. 

Z2184.M22S6  1-18198 

Villers,  Louis  de. 

Les  societes  litteraires  et  scientifiques  en  Bretagne  au  xviii*  siecle. 

(In  Societe  archeologique  du  departement  d'llle-et-Vilaine,  Rennes. 
Bulletin  et  memoires.  Rennes,  1910.  24icm.  t.  40,  p.  [193j-235) 

DC611.I  29S6     vol.  40 


83 

Germany. 

Albert,  P.  P. 

Die  geschichts-  und  altertumsvereine  Badens.  Heidelberg,  C. 
Winter,.  1903. 

r32]  p.    20icm. 

DD801.B11A2  4-20808 

*Berlin.     E.  Museen. 

Kunsthandbuch  fur  Deutschland.  Verzeichnis  der  behorden, 
sammlungen,  lehranstalten  und  vereine  fur  kunst,  kunstgewerbe  und 
altertum,skunde.  6.  neubearb,  aufl.  Hrsg.  von  der  Generalverwal- 
tung.  .Berlin,  G.  JReinien  1904. 

iv,  [2i,  794  p.    2Hcm. 

N6861.A5  6-12463 

Danzig     in     naturvvissenschaftlicher    und     medizinischer    beziehung. 
Danzig  tDruck  von  A.  W.  Kafemaritij  1880. 
vi  p.,  1  L,  288  p.    I8cra. 

2.  th.  Die  naturwissenschaftlichen,  medizinischen  und  gemein- 
nutzigen  anstalten  Danzigs. 

DD901.D28D2  6-34102 

Deutsches  kolonial-haridbuch.    Berlin,  H.  Paetel  rl896j 

vi  p,  1  1.,  442  p.    2Hcm. 

Includes  "Koloriiale-gesellschaften  und  vereine;  missidns-gesell- 
schaften." 

•2.  erweitererte  aufl.    Berlin,  H.  Paetel,  1901. 


2  v.    21< 


Erganzungsband  1902.     Berlin,  H.  Paetel  [1902] 


iv,  216  p.    21 em. 

JV2005.D4  3-9461-3 

*Dresslers    kunstjahrbuch.      Handbuch    der    deutschen    kunstpflege 
einschl.   Deutsch-Osterreichs   und  der   Deutschen   Schweiz.     Dres- 
den, G.  Kiihtmann  [19  Rostock  i.  M.,  C.  Hinstorff  [etc.,  1909- 
v.    20cm. 

N6861.A6  CA  13-315   Unrev'd 

*Erman,  Wilhclm. 

Bibliographic  der  deutschen  universitaten.  Systematisch  geord- 
netes  verzeichnis  der  bis  ende  1899  gedruckten  biicher  und  aufsatze 
iiber  das  deutsche  universitatswesen.  Leipzig  und  Berlin,  B.  G. 
Teubner,  1904-05. 

3  v.    26cm. 

Z5815.G3E8  6-11689 

Hamburg  in  naturhistorischer  und  medicinischer  beziehung.     Ham- 
burg, L.  Friederichsen  &  co.,  1876. 

vii,  315,  til  P-    261    . 

Q127.G3H2  3-25109 

Hansa-bund  fiir  gewerbe,  handel  und  Industrie. 

Handbuch  wirtschaftlicher  vereine  und  verbande  des  Deutschen 
Reichs.  Berlin-Leipzig,  H.  Hillger  [1913i 

viii,  733  p.    24Jcm. 

HF308.A3H3  14-9405 

*Miiller,  Johannes. 

Die  wissenschaftlicheri  vereine  und  gesellschaften  Deutschlands 
im  neunzehnten  jahrhundert.  Bibliographic  ihrer  veroffentlichungen 
seit  ihrer  begrtindung  bis  auf  die  gegenwart.  Berlin,  A.  Asher  &  co., 
1883-87. 

xxi  p,  1  1.,  878  p.,  11.    25  x  20*"". 

Z5055.G29M9  6-11651 

Miiller,  Johannes. 

Die  wissenschaftlichen  vereine  und  gesellschaften  Deutschlands 
im  19.  jahrh.  Bibliographic  ihrer  veroffentlichungen.  Berlin,  Beh- 
rend  &  co.,  1917. 

xxxii,  1421  p.    25  x^"".  < 

A  continuation  of  the  earlier  work  published  1883-87. 


84  GUIDE  TO  CATALOGUING  SERIAL  PUBLICATIONS 

Neuphilologen-vademecum.      1.  bd. ;   1905.        Halle  a.    S.,   Hellmers 
verlag,  sep.-oct.,  1905. 
3  p.  L,  208  p.    16°". 
No  more  published. 

CONTENTS. — Neuphilologen-lexikon. — Ubersicht  fiber  die  vertreter 
an  den  einzelnen  hochschulen. — Neuphilolpgische  zeitschriften. — 
Verzeichnis  der  institute.  —  Spezialbuchhandlungen  fiir  neuphilo- 
logische  literatur. — Bibliographischer  anhang. 

Z7001.N42  6-36360 

Spielmann,  Wilhelm. 

Handbuch  der  anstalten  und  einrichtungen  zur  pflege  von  wissen- 
schaft  und  kunst  in  Berlin.  Berlin,  Mayer  &  Mfiller,  1897. 

2  p.  i,  361 P.  mm. 

"Fortsetzung  dei  zuletzt  fur  das  wintersemester  1893/94  erschie- 
nenen  hilf sbuches  'Das  akademische  Berlin.' " 

A8177.B687  l-G-2873 

Stoehr,  H.  A.,  comp. 

Allgemeines  deutsches  vereins-handbuch.  Statistisches  reperto- 
rium  der  gelehrten  gesellschaften  und  wissenschaftlich-gemein- 
niitzigen  vereine  der  staaten  des  dermaligen  Deutschen  Reiches,  des 
Oesterreichisch-ungarischen  reiches  und  der  Schweiz.  1.  th.  Frank- 
furt a.  M.,  Verlag  des  Freien  deutschen  hochstiftes,  1873. 

xvi  p.,  2  1.,  [3i-343.  [li  p.    24*"". 

No  more  published? 

AS176.S8  6-27686 

Walthcr,  P.  A.  F. 

Systematisches  repertorium  fiber  die  schriften  sammtlicher  hi- 
storischer  gesellschaften  Deutschlands.  Darmstadt,  Verlag  von  G. 
Tonghaus,  1845. 

xxix,  [li,  649  p.    21 cn. 

Z2236.W23  4-14263 

Great  Britain. 

Bibliotheca  celtica,  a  register  of  publications  relating  to  Wales  and 
the  Celtic  peoples  &  languages  for  the  year  1909- 
Aberystwyth  [National  library  of  Wales]  1910- 
v.    22Jcm. 

Z2071.B56  11-5717 

*Hume,  Abraham. 

The  learned  societies  and  printing  clubs  of  the  United  Kingdom. 
London,  Printed  for  Longman,  Brown,  Green,  and  Longmans,  1847. 

xxxii  p.,  1  1.,  3-307  p.    20cm. 

Reissued  with  a  supplement  (72  p.)  in  1853. 

Z6056.G69H8  7-868 

Lee,  6.  C. 

Source-book  of  English  history.  New  York,  H.  Holt  and  com- 
pany, 1900. 

xvii,  609  p.    20icm. 

Includes  list  of  English  historical  societies,  with  notices  of  their 
history. 

DA32.5.L6  0-6466 

*The   Literary   year-book   and   bookman's   directory.      London,   G. 

Allen,  1897- 
v.    19OT. 

Z2011.L77  1-16590 

*Lowndes,  W.  T. 

The  bibliographer's  manual  of  English  literature.  New  ed.,  rev., 
cor.  and  enl. ;  with  an  appendix  relating  to  the  books  of  literary  and 
scientific  societies.  By  Henry  G.  Bohn.  London,  H.  G.  Bohn,  1864. 

6  v.    18Jcm. 

Vol.  6  has  special  title:  Appendix  to  the  Bibliographer's  manual 
of  English  literature.  Containing  an  account  of  books  issued  by 
literary  and  scientific  societies  and  printing  clubs;  books  printed  at 


BIBLIOGRAPHICAL,   SUGGESTIONS  85 


private  presses;  privately  printed  series;, and  th 
and  scientific  serials.    Comp.  by  Henry  G.  Bohn. 


and  the  principal  literary 
,  Bohn. 

Z2001.L921  2-3512 

*New  York.    Public  library. 

A  list  of  works  relating  to  Scotland,  comp.  by  George  F.  Black, 
PH.  D.  [New  York]  The  New  York  public  library,  1916. 

viii,  1233  p.    26cm. 

"Reprinted,  with  additions,   from  the   Bulletin,  January-December, 

1914." 

Z2069.N39  16-14372 

Royal  institute  of  British  architects,  London. 

The  kalendar  of  the  Royal  institute  of  British  architects. 
London,  18 

v.    2Ucm. 

Includes  list  of  allied  architectural  societies  of  Great  Britain,  with 
dates  of  founding. 

NA12.R7  9-12467 

Steeves,  H.  R. 

Learned  societies  and  English  literary  scholarship  in  Great  Brit- 
ain and  the  United  States.  New  York,  Columbia  university  press, 
1913. 

xiv,  245  p.  21 cm.  (Half-title:  Columbia  university  studies  in 
English  and  comparative  literature) 

Bibliography:  p.  218-230. 

PN22.A2  13-20130 

*Terry,  C.  S. 

A  catalogue  of  the  publications  of  Scottish  historical  and  kindred 
clubs  and  societies,  and  of  the  volumes  relative  to  Scottish  history 
issued  by  His  Majesty's  Stationery  office,  1780-1908.  Aberdeen, 
Printed  for  the  University,  1909. 

xiii,  253  p.  25 101".  (Half-title:  Aberdeen  university  studies, 
no.  39) 

Z2081.T33  10-15155 

*Year-book  of  the  scientific  and  learned  societies  of  Great  Britain  and 
Ireland.     1st-  annual  issue ;  1884- 

London,  C.  Griffin  and  company,  1884- 
v     22icm 

Z5055.G59Y4  1-16597 

Icelandic  literature. 

*Cornell  university.    Library. 

Catalogue  ...  Icelandic  collection  bequeathed  by  W.  Fiske.  Ithaca, 
N.  Y.  [Norwood,  Mass.,  The  Plimpton  pressj  1914. 

viii  p.,  2  1.,  755  p.    27icm. 

Z2556.C6  14-7304 

Mimir.    Icelandic   institutions,   with   addresses.     1903.     Copenhagen, 
Printed  by  M.  Truelsen,  1903. 
viii,  80  p.    15icm. 

Italy. 

Annuario  degli  istituti  scientifici  italiani. 

Roma,  1918- 
v.     17icm. 

Published  by  Associazione  italiana  per  1'intesa  intellettuale  fra  i 
paesi  alleati  ed  amici. 
Editor:  Silvio  Pivano. 

Japan. 

Giussani,  Carlo. 

A  list  of  works,  essays,  etc.,  relating  to  Japan. 

(In  Asiatic  society  of  Japan.  Transactions.  Yokohama,  1886. 
22icm.  v.  14,  p.  87-118) 

Includes  a  few  societies. 

AS552.Y8      vol.  14 


86  GUIDE  TO  CATALOGUING  SEBIAL  PUBLICATIONS 

"Japan.    Dept.  p/  education. 

Education  in  Japan,  prepared  for  the  Panama- Pacific  international 
exposition,  1915,  by  tne  Department  of  education,  Tokyo,  Japan. 
iTokyo,  1914?] 

3  p.  L,  187  p.,  1  1.    22"°. 

LA1312.A14      1914  E  16-882 

*Wenckstern,  Friedrich  von. 

A  bibliography  ot  the  Japanese  empire;  being  a  classified  list  of 
all  books,  essays  and  maps  in  European  languages  relating  to  Dai 
Nihon  <Great  Japan>  published  in  Europe,  America  and  in  the 
East  from  1859-93  A.  D.  Leiden,  E.  J.  Brill,  1895  [1894] 

xiv,  338,  i4i,  67,  il]  p.    25cro. 

Bibliography  of  the  Japanese  empire  ...  Volume  n.  Compris- 
ing the  literature  from  1894  to  the  middle  of  1906  with  additions  and 
corrections  to  the  first  volume.  Tokyo  [etc.]  The  Maruzen  Ka- 
bushiki  Kaisha  (Z.  P.  Maruya  &  co.,  ltd.)  1907. 

2  p.  1.,  ivii]-xvi,  486  p.,  1  L,  28,  21,  tli  p.,  1  1.    25*". 

Z3301.W47  4-20989 

Netherlands. 

Allan,  Francis. 

Geschiedenis  en  beschrijving  van  Haarlem,  van  de  vroegste  tijden 
tot  op  onze  dagen.  Haarlem,  J.  J.  van  Brederode,  1874-88. 

4  v.    27iOT. 

DJ411.H2A4  5-40628 

*Vrolik,  W. 

Revue  des  societes  savantes  de  la  Neerlande. 

(In  K.  Akademie  van  wetenschappen,  Amsterdam.  Verslagen  en 
mededeelingen.  Afdeeling  natuurkunde.  Amsterdam,  1857.  23 em. 
5.  deel,  1857,  p.  tli-44) 

Q57.A54      vol.  5 

Russia. 

*St.  Petersburg.    yHHBepcHTen..     BnCjiioTeKa. 

Kaxajion,.    C.-IIeTep6'ypn>,  T.  IIIaxT  H  KO.,  1897-1902. 
2  v.    27cm. 

Z939.S24  l-Z-60 

Spain  and  Portugal. 

Anuario  social  de  Espana.    ano  1-  1915/16- 

Barcelona,  "Accion  popular,"  1916- 

v.    21cm. 

HN581.A6 

Guia  del  estudiante.    1918/19 
Madrid,  1918- 
v.    19™. 

AS292.G8  19-10787 

Personal  de  otras  reales  academias  establecidas  en  Madrid. 

(In  R.  Academia  de  ciencias  exactas  fisicas  y  naturales,  Madrid. 
Anuario  1883-  Apendice.  Madrid.  1883-  llicra) 

Gives  date  of  founding  of  several  Spanish  academies. 

Q65.M17 

Revista  de  archives,  bibliotecas  y  museos.     Organo  del  Cuerpo  fa- 

cultativo  del  ramo.    1871- 

Madrid,  1871- 
v.    23-24icm. 

Monthly,  Jan-Mar.  1871;  semimonthly,  Apr.  1871-78;  monthly, 
1883,  1896- 

Publication  suspended  1879-82,  1884-95,  inclusive. 

Z671.R41  &-44964 

*Ribeiro,  J.  S. 

Historia  dos  estabelecimentos  scientificos,  litterarios  e  artisticos 
de  Portugal.  Lisboa,  1871-93. 

18  v.    24cm. 

AS295.R5 


BIBLIOGRAPHICAL    SUGGESTIONS 


87 


Switzerland. 

Brandstetter,  J.  L. 

Bibliographic  des  revues,  gazettes  et  almanachs  suisses.  Berne, 
K.  J.  Wyss,  1896. 

xix,  302  p.  22cm.  (Added  t.-p.:  Bibliographic  nationale  suisse. 
[fasc.  lbi) 

Z2771.B58  3-14634 

Guillaume,  Louis. 

Coup  d'oeil  sur  la  vie  sociale  dans  le  canton  de  Neuchatel.  Listc 
des  institutions  et  des  societes  libres  de  bienfaisance,  d'utilite"  pu- 
blique,  d'education,  d'instruction  et  de  recreation.  Neuchatel,  Bu- 
reau du  comite  de  la  Societe  neuchateloise  d'utilite  publique,  1881. 

215  p.    20Jcm. 

HN609.N4G8  11-13807 

*Kinkelin,  Hermann. 

Die  schweizerischen  vereine  fiir  bildungszwecke  im  jahre  1871. 
Nach  dem  von  H.  Kinkelin  gesammelten  material  im  auftrage  des 
Eidgenossischen  departements  des  innern  bearb.  von  Eduard  Keller 
[Und]  Wilhelm  Niedermann.  Basel  [etc.j  H.  Georg,  1877. 

xlii,  229  p.    28iem. 

In  German  and  French. 

AS315.K3  8-16065 

Naturforschende  gesellschaft,  Zurich. 

Festschrift  der  Naturforschenden  gesellschaft  in  Zurich  1746- 
1896.  Zurich,  Druck  von  Zurcher  &  Furrer,  1896. 

2  v.  in  1.  23cm.  (Added  t.-p.:  Vierteljahrsschrift  der  Naturfor- 
schenden gesellschaft  in  Zurich.  41.  jahrg.  1896.  Jubelband) 

"Beziehungen  zu  anderen  gesellschaften" :  p.  t230i-243. 

Q67.Z94  4-10090 

Schweizerische  naturforschende  gesellschaft. 

t  Centenaire  de  la  Societe  helvetique  des  sciences  naturelles.  [Zu- 
rich, Impr.  Zurcher  &  Furrer,  1915] 

2  p.  1.,  iii-vi  p.,  1  1.,  316  p.    30icm. 

At  head  of  title:  1815-1915. 

"Get  ouvrage  forme  le  tome  L  des  Nouveaux  memoires  de  la  So- 
ciete helvetique  des  sciences  naturelles,  paru  le  12  septembre  1915." 

"Verzeichnis  der  von  der  gesellschaft  herausgegebenen  Denk- 
schriften":  p.  69-77. 

Includes  sketches  of  Swiss  commissions  and  societies. 

Q67.S42     t.  50  16-18138 

Statistisch-volkswirthschaftliche  gesellschaft  in  Basel. 

Die  vereine  und  stiftungen  des  kantons  Baselstadt  im  jahre  1881, 
dargestellt  von  df  Alphons  Thun.  Basel,  H.  Georg's  buchhandlung, 
1883. 

2  p.  L,  iii-viii,  59  p.    28cra. 

AS316.B3A4     1883  10-23806 

Switzerland.     Departement  des  innern. 

Die    freiwilligen   vereine    des    kantons    Basel-stadt    fiir    gemein- 
niitzige,     wohlthatige,     wissenschaftliche,     kiinstlerische,      religiose, 
vaterlandische,  militarische  und  sociale  zwecke  im  jahr  1859.    Basel, 
Bahnmaier's  buchhandlung,   1859. 
116  p.    22cra. 

AS316.B3A2  9-9116 

United  States. 

Baldwin,  C.  C. 

Notice  of  historical  and  pioneer  societies  in  Ohio.  By  C.  G. 
Baldwin,  secretary.  [Cleveland,  1875] 

8  p.  23™.  (Western  Reserve  and  northern  Ohio  historical  so- 
ciety. [Historical  and  archaeological  tracts]  no.  27) 

F486.W58  7-24521 


88  GUIDE  TO  CATALOGUING  SERIAL  PUBLICATIONS 

*Bovvker,  R.  R. 

Publications  of  societies;  a  provisional  list  of  the  publications  of 
American  scientific,  literary,  and  other  societies  from  their  organi- 
zation. New  York,  Office  of  the  Publishers'  weekly,  1899. 

v,  181  p.    244°". 

Z5055.U39B7  Feb.  1,  1900-9 

Brief  statements  concerning  the  objects  and  methods  of  municipal 

reform  organizations  in  the  United  States. 

(In  National  municipal  league.  Proceedings.  Philadelphia,  1894. 
24icm.  v.  1,  p.  303-340) 

J8302.N48     vol.  1 

*Griffin,  A.  P.  C. 

Bibliography  of  American  historical  societies  (the  United  _  States 
and  the  Dominion  of  Canada)  2d  ed.,  rev.  and  enl.  [Washington, 
Govt.  print,  off.,  1907) 

1374  p.  2Sem.  (American  historical  association.  Annual  report, 
1905.  v.  2) 

E172.A60  8-7356 

^Handbook  of  learned  societies  and  institutions:   America.     Wash- 
ington, D.  C.,  Carnegie  institution  of  Washington,  1908. 
viii,  592  p.    ^Si0"*.     (On  verso  of  t.-p.:   Carnegie  institution  of 
Washington.    Publication  no.  39) 
Introduction  signed  by  the  editor,  J.  David  Thompson. 
/'List  of  the  principal  reference  works  on  American  learned  so- 
cieties and  institutions" :  p.  viii. 

AS15.H2  8-21011 

Michigan.     Historical  commission, 

A  sketch  of  historical  societies  in  Michigan.    Prepared  by  G.  N. 
Fuller,  secretary.    Lansing,  Mich.,  Wynkoop,  Hallenbeck,  Crawford 
co.,.  state  printers,  1914. 
62  p.    23"".     (Bulletin  no.  3) 

F562.M03     no.  3  14-31283 

New  York  society  for  the  prevention  of  cruelty  to  children. 

Annual  report. 
New  York,  1876-81. 
v.    23OT. 

Includes  names  of  U.  S.  societies  for  the  prevention  of  cruelty  to 
children,  etc.,  with  date  of  founding. 

HV743.N5A3  CA  9-2658  Unrer'd 

Philadelphia. 

Founders'  week  memorial  volume,  containing  an  account  of  the 
two  hundred  and  twenty-fifth  anniversary  of  the  founding  of  the 
city  of  Philadelphia,  and  histories  of  its  principal  scientific  institu- 
tions, medical  colleges,  hospitals,  etc.  Ed.  by  F.  P.  Henry.  Phila- 
delphia tF.  A.  Davis  company]  1909. 

xvi,  912  p.    24°™. 

AS28.P4A5     1909  10-20808 

Russell  Sage  foundation,  New  York.    Library. 

American  foundations.  New  York,  N.  Y.f  The  Russell  Sage 
foundation  library  [1915] 

[10]  p.    22icm.     (Bulletin  ...    no.  11,  Tune  1915) 
^  Caption  title :  American  foundations  for  social  welfare ;  a  selected 
bibliography. 

Z881.N667     no.  11  15-15321 

State  bankers'  associations. 

(In  Michigan  bankers'  association.  Annual  convention.  [Detroit, 
1902]  24cm.  14th,  1902,  p.  127-131) 

HG1507.M45 

Trostler,  I.  S. 

History  of  ornithology  in  Nebraska,  and  of  state  ornithological 
societies  in  general. 

(In  Nebraska  ornithologists'  union.  Proceedings.  Lincoln,  1901. 
23icm.  2d  annual  meeting,  p.  13-18) 

QL671.N3 


BIBLIOGRAPHICAL,    SUGGESTIONS 


89 


Weeks,  W.  R. 

History  of  the  American  numismatic  and  archaeological  society. 
New  York  [The  Society]  1892. 

50  p.  27$cm.  (In  American  numismatic  and  archaeological  so- 
ciety, New  York.  Proceedings.  30th-34th  meeting.  1888-1892. 
New  York,  1892) 

Includes  list  of  American  numismatic  societies,  with  dates  of 
founding:  p.  6. 

C.T15.A6  1-26347 

West  Indies,  etc. 

Trelles  y  Govin,  C.  M. 

Bibliografia  cubana  del  siglo  xix.     Matanzas,  Impr.  de  Quiros  y 
Estrada,  1911-15. 
8  v.    26cra. 

A  continuation  of  the  author's  "Ensayo  de  bibliografia  cubana  de 
los  siglos  xvir  y  xvni,"  pub.  1907,  with  supplement  1908. 

Z1511.T86  11-12205 

Victoria  institute  of  Trinidad  and  Tobago   (incorporated),  Port  of 
Spain. 

Proceedings,    pt.  1-  Mar.  1894- 

Port-of-Spain  [1894- 

v.    22cm. 
List  of  books  relating  to  Trinidad :  1899,  p.  183-186. 

Q33.T8  CA  18-548  Unrev'd 

Abbeys. 

*  Academic    royale   ...    de   Belgique,   Brussels.     Commission   royale 

d'histoire. 

Inventaire  des  cartulaires  conserves  dans  les  depots  des  archives 
de  1'etat  en  Belgique.    Bruxelles,  F.  Hayez,  1895. 
3  p.  1.,  123  p.    21icm. 

CD1686     1805  8-301 

*Academie    royale   ...    de   Belgique,   Brussels.     Commission    royale 

d'histoire. 

Inventaire  des  cartulaires  conserves  en  Belgique  ailleurs  que  dans 
les  depots  des  archives  de  l'6tat.  Bruxelles,  Hayez,  1897. 

3  p.  1.,  66  p.    22icm. 

CD1686     1897  3-300 

*Academie    royale    ...    de   Belgique,    Brussels.     Commission   royale 
d'histoire. 

Inventaire  des  cartulaires  beiges  conserves  a  1'etranger.  Bruxelles, 
1899. 

2  p.  1.,  iii,  72  p.  22cm.  (Annexe  au  Bulletin  de  la  Commission 
royale  d'histoire  de  Belgique.  1899) 

CD1686     1899  19-11125 

*  Academic   royale    ...    de   Belgique,    Brussels.     Commission   royale 

d'histoire. 

Inventaire  des  obituaires  beiges  (collegiales  et  maisons  reli- 
gieuses)  Bruxelles,  1899. 

2  p.  1.,  ii,  87  p.  22cm.  (Annexe  au  Bulletin  de  la  Commission 
royale  d'histoire  de  Belgique.  1899) 

Bound  with  the  Inventaire  des  cartulaires. 

CD1686     1899  19-11124 

Chevalier,  C.  U.  J. 

Repertoire  des  sources  'historiques  du  moyen  age,  par  Ulysse 
Chevalier.  Paris,  1877-1903. 

2  pt.  in  3  y.    29cra. 

ii.  Topobibliographie. 

Includes  abbeys. 

Z6203.C52  2-2025 

*Fourcheut  de  Mont-Rond,  C.  M.  J.  M. 

Dictionnaire  des  abbayes  et  monasteres ;  public"  par  M.  Tabbe" 
Migne.  Paris,  Chez  J.-P.  Migne,  6diteur,  1856. 


90  GUIDE  TO  CATALOGUING  SERIAL,  PUBLICATIONS 

4  p.  1.,  [17j-1228  col.    28icra.     (Added  t.-p.:  Troisieme  et  derniere 
Encyclopedic  th6ologique.    Publiee  par  M.  Vabbe"  Migne.    t.  16) 

BX2420.F7  4-9171 

Joanne,  P.  B.,  ed. 

Dictionnaire  giographique   et   administratif   de   la   France,   pub. 
sous  la  direction  de  Paul  Joanne.    Paris,  Hachette  et  c",  1890-1905. 

7  v.    32icm. 

Includes  notices  of  French  abbeys  (under  place) 

DC14.J63  5-24019 

Potthast,  August. 

Bibliotheca  historica  medii  aevi.    2.  verb,  und  verm.  aufl.    Berlin, 
W.  Weber,  1896. 
2  v.    2Sicm. 
Includes  notices  of  abbeys. 

Z6203.P87  2-5027 

Stein,  Heart 

Bibliographic  gendrale  des  cartulaires  franc.ais  ou  relatifs  a  1'his- 
toire  de  France.    Paris,  A.  Picard  et  fils,  1907. 

xv,  627  p.    23cra. 

Z2178.S86  7-25056 

Vivien  de  Saint-Martin. 

Nouveau    dictionnaire    de    geographic    universelle.     Paris,    Ha- 
chette &  cie.,  1879-95. 

7  v.    fol. 
—  Supplement.    Paris,  Hachette  &  cie.,  1897- 

By  L.  Rousselet. 

Includes  notices  of  abbeys. 

G101.V86  l-F-752-3 

Agriculture,  economics,  etc. 

American  agricultural  association. 

The  journal  of  the  American  agricultural  association.    New  York, 
1881.    24cm. 

Includes  state  and  other  societies,  with  dates  of  founding,     (no. 

3-4,  p.  t201]-220) 

822.A6  12-12321 

*  Anton  Ramirez,  Braulio. 

Diccionario  de  bibliografia  agronomica  y  de  toda  clase  de  escritos 
relacionados  con  la  agricultura.    Madrid,  Impr.  y  estereot.  de  M. 
Rivadeneyra,  1865. 
xix,  1015  p.,  1  1.    27*"". 

Z5075.S7A7  7-886 

*The  British  year-book  of  agriculture  and  agricultural  who's  who 
1908/9- 
London,  Vinton  &  company,  ltd.,  1908- 

v.    22C™. 
Includes  histories  of  eocieties. 

S455.B8  Agr  8-1034 

European  peat  societies. 

(In  Canadian  peat  society.    Journal.    Ottawa,  Can.,  1911.    24icm. 
v.  1,  1911,  no.  1,  p.  23-24;  no.  2,  p.  7-9) 

HD9559.P5C2     vol.  1 
Pennsylvania.    Dept.  of  agriculture. 

Bulletin  no.  178.    List  of  county  and  local  agricultural  societies,  by 
A.  L.  Martin.    June,  1909.    Harrisburg,  Pa.,  1909. 
10  p.    23icm. 

S107.A32 

Principales  societes  d'economie  politique  et  de  statistique  actuelle- 

ment  existantes. 

(In   Societe   d'economie  politique,   Paris.    Annales.    Paris,   1896. 
22}™.     t.  16,  p.  1731-87) 

HB3.86     vol.  16 


BIBLIOGRAPHICAL,   SUGGESTIONS  91 

*U.  S.    Dept.  of  agriculture.    Library. 

Catalogue  of  the  periodicals  and  other  serial  publications  (ex- 
clusive of  U.  S.  government  publications)  in  the  library  of  the 
U.  S.  Department  of  agriculture.  Prepared  under  the  direction  of 
Josephine  A.  Clark,  librarian.  Washington,  Govt.  print,  off.,  1901. 

362  p.    23*"".     (Bulletin  no.  37) 

...  Supplement  no.  1  (1901-1905)    Washington,  Govt.  print,  off., 

1907. 

217  p.    24"".     (Bulletin  no.  37,  suppl.  no.  1) 

Z5078.U68  3-6389 

Alpine  clubs. 

Dechy,  Moritz. 

Zur  geschichte  .der  Alpenvereine. 

(In  Magyarorszagi  Karpategyesiilet.  £vkonyve.  Jahrbuch.  Kes- 
mfirk,  1876.  22cr\  3.  jahrg.,  1876,  p.  311-355) 

DB341.M2      vol.   3 

Art  and  architecture. 

American  art  annual,    v.  rl]-  1898-19 

New  York,  The  Macmillan  company;  [etc.,  etc.]  1899-19 

v.    23icm. 

No  issues  for  1901-02  and  1902-03;  biennial  from  1903-10;  an- 
nual from  1911- 

Contains  reports  of  the  art  interests  of  the  United  States  and 
Canada. 

N9.A8  99-1016 

Congres  regional  des  architectes  et  des  ingenieurs.    2d,  Hycres,  1886. 

Compte-rendu.     Nice,  Impr.  V.  E.  Gauthier  et  c°,  1886. 

2  p.  1.,  51,  [1]  p.  diagr.  24cm.  [With  Congres  regional  des  archi- 
tectes et  des  ingenieurs.  1st,  Nice,  1884.  Congres  regional.  Nice  [1884]] 

The  diagram  shows  the  distribution  of  architectural  societies  in 
the  departments  as  combined  in  groups,  and  is  accompanied  by  a  list 
of  these  societies  with  dates  of  founding. 

NA21.C7  3-27407 

The  Year's  art.     A  concise  epitome  of  all  matters  relating  to  •  the 

arts   of  painting,   sculpture,   engraving   and   architecture,   and   to 

schools  of  design,  which  have  occurred  during  the  year.     iv.  Ij- 

1880- 

London,  Macmillan  and  co.  [etc.]  1880- 
v.    18icro. 

N9.Y4  8-36871 

Clubs. 

Iv«y,  G.  J. 

Clubs  of  the  world :  a  general  guide  or  index  to  the  London  & 
county  clubs  and  those  of  Scotland,  Wales,  Ireland,  United  King- 
dom yacht  clubs,  and  Br.itish  colonial  possessions,  together  with  the 
English  &  other  clubs  in  Europe,  the  United  States,  &  elsewhere 
throughout  the  world.  London,  Harrison,  1880. 

xix,  [2i,  372  p.     19cm. 

2d  edition. 

HS2507.1 8  10-18086 

A  List  of  English  clubs  in  all  parts  of  the  world.     London,  Spottis- 

woode  &  co.,  ltd.,  1899- 
v.    11  xW. 

Edited  by  E.  C.  Austin  Leigh. 

HS2507.L5  7-28508 

Timbs,  John. 

Clubs  and  club  life  in  London;  with  anecdotes  of  its  famous 
coffee  houses,  hostelries,  and  taverns,  from  the  seventeenth  century 
to  the  present  time.  A  new  ed.  London,  Chatto  &  Windus,  1908. 

xiv  p.,  1  1.,  544  p.    20cra. 

DA686.T5  11-27631 


92  GUIDE  TO  CATALOGUING.  SERIAL  PUBLICATIONS 

Corporations,  banks,  etc. 

*Bureau  of  railway  economics,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Railway  economics ;  a  collective  catalogue  of  books  in  fourteen 
American  libraries,  prepared  by  the  Bureau  of  railway  economics, 
Washington,  D.  C.  Chicago,  111.,  Pub.  for  the  Bureau  of  railway 
economics  by  the  University  of  Chicago  press  [1912] 

x,  446  p.    26jcm. 

Classified  catalogue,  with  index  of  names. 

R.  H.  Johnston,  librarian  of  the  Bureau. 

Z7231.B87  12-35020 

Conant,  C.  A. 

A  history  of  modern  banks  of  issue.    New  York  tetc.)   G.   P. 
Putnam's  sons,  1896. 
xiii,  595  p.    22icm. 

HG1851.C74  6-24605 

*The  Manual  of  statistics ;  stock  exchange  hand-book.    New  York  r!8 
v.    20icin.    annual. 

HG4905.M3  1-31757 

*Moody's  manual,  complete  list  of  securities  maturing  January   1st, 
1916- 
New  York,  Moody  manual  company,  C1915- 

v.  m-. 

HG4905.M83  16-2146 

*Moody's  manual  of  railroads  and  corporation  securities.     1st- 

annual  number,  1900-  New  York,  The  O.  C.  Lewis  com- 

pany, *1900- 
v.    23J-24™. 

IIG4905.M85  1-24569 

National  association  of  mutual  insurance  companies. 
Proceedings.     [Philadelphia  ? 

v.    illus.    23cm. 

"The  early  history  of  fire  insurance  [byi  J.  Somers  Smith,  jr.": 
16th  annual  meeting,  p.  19-36. 

HG9873.N3  CA  15-786   Unrey'd 

*Poor's  manual  of  industrials.     [V.  1-  1910- 

New  York,  Poor's  railroad  manual  CO.,  "1910- 
v.    23em. 

HG4961.P8  10-12768 

*Poor's  manual  of  the  railroads  of  the  United  States.    [1st]- 
annual  number;  1868/69-19 

New  York,  London,  H.  V.  &  H.  W.  Poor  [etc.]  1868-19 
v.    23™. 

HE2721.P8  1-24959 

The  Post  magazine  almanack;  the  insurance  directory,  reference  and 
year  book. 

London,  T.  J.  W.  Buckley 
v.    24icm. 

HG8596.P7  CA  8-3035  Unrey'd 

*Spangenthal's  auskunftsbuch  iiber  wertpapiere. 
Berlin-Charlottenburg,  Spangenthal  [19 

v.  m™. 

HG5491.S7  CA  8-3030  Unrey'd 

Education. 

Foote,  J.  P. 

The  schools  of  Cincinnati,  and  its  vicinity.  Cincinnati,  C.  F. 
Bradley  &  co.'s  power  press,  1855. 

vi,  [2i  p.,  1  1.,  232  p.    23cm. 

LA348.C5F7  6-15973 

Padagogisches  jahrbuch;  rundschau  auf  dem  gebiete  des  volks- 
schulwesens.  Unter  mitwirkung  namhafter  schulmanner  hrsg. 
von  Johannes  Meyer  und  Hermann  Rosin.  1.-5.  jahrg. ;  1903-07. 
Berlin,  Gerdes  &  Hodel,  1904-08. 


BIBLIOGRAPHICAL    SUGGESTIONS  93 

5  v.    25cm. 

No  more  published. 

L31.P4  6-971 

Paedagogisches   jahrbuch.     Hrsg.   von   der   Wiener   paedagogischen 

gesellschaft.     il.i-  bd. ;  1878- 

Wien  und  Leipzig,  J.  Klinkhardt,  1879- 
v.    23cm. 

Vols.  1-  include  "Anhang.     Das  padagogische  vereinswesen 

in  Osterreich-Ungarn." 

L31.P45  6-16062 

*Patterson's    American    educational    directory,    comp.    and    ed.    by 
Homer  L.  Patterson,    v.  [1]-  1904- 

Chicago,  American  educational  company;  [etc.,  etc.]  1904- 
v.    22cm. 

L901.P3  4-12953 


Fraternities. 


*Baird,  W.  R. 

Baird's  manual  of  American  college  fraternities.    8th  ed.     New 
York,  The  College  fraternity  publishing  co.,  1915. 

xiii,  896  p.     19icm. 

Supplement.     [New  York,  The  College  fraternity  pub- 
lishing co.i  1916. 

cover-title,  46  p.    19icra. 

LJ31.B2  16-260 


Freemasonry. 


*  Stevens,  A.  C.,  ed. 

The  cyclopaedia  of  fraternities.  Comp.  and  ed.  by  Albert  C. 
Stevens.  2d  ed.,  rev.  to  date.  New  York,  E.  B.  Treat  and  com- 
pany, 1907. 

xxiii,  ill,  444  p.    25icm. 

HS119.S85  7-36716 

*Mackey,  A.  G. 

An  encyclopaedia  of  freemasonry  and  its  kindred  sciences,  by 
Albert  G.  Mackey.  New  and  rev.  ed.  prepared  under  the  direction 
of  the  late  William  T.  Hughan,  by  Edward  L.  Hawkins.  New  York 
and  London,  The  Masonic  history  company,  1912. 

2  v.    27™. 

HS375.M25  12-19343 

Morris,  Robert. 

The  history  of  freemasonry  in  Kentucky  [with]  an  American 
masonic  bibliography.  By  Rob  Morris.  Louisville,  Ky.,  R.  Morris, 
1859. 

8  p.  L,  592  p.    23cm. 

HS537.K6M8  9-22160 

*Freemasons.    Iowa.    Grand  lodge.    Library. 

Catalogue  of  the  works  on  freemasonry  and  kindred  subjects,  in 
the  library  of  the  Grand  lodge  of  Iowa.  5th  ed.  To  which  is  pre- 
fixed a  separate  catalogue  of  the  Bower  collection.  By  T.  S. 
Parvin.  Iowa  City,  Republican  publishing  company,  1883. 

135  p.    23icra. 

Neither  catalogue  includes  the  large  collection  of  pamphlets, 
periodicals,  and  proceedings  of  masonic  bodies,  which  are  contained 
in  both  libraries. 

HS537.I  8A2      vol.  9  9-10735 

Freemasons.     U.  8.    Scottish  rite.    Supreme  council  for  the  South- 
ern jurisdiction.    Library. 
Libraries   of   the   Supreme   council   of   the  33d    degree    for   the 

Southern  jurisdiction  of  the  United  States  at  Washington.     1st  Jan., 

1884.    New  York,  J.  J.  Little  &  co,  1884. 
267  p.    24cra. 

Z6993.Z9F722  1-8349-M1 


94  GUIDE  TO  CATALOGUING  SERIAL  PUBLICATIONS 

Wolfstieg,  A.  L.  F. 

Bibliographic  der  freimaurenschen  literatur,  hrsg.  im  auftrage 
des  Vereins  deutscher  freimaurer  von  August  Wolfsticg.  Burg 
b  M,  Selbstverlag  des  Vereins  deutscher  freimaurer,  zu  beziehen 
d'urch  A.  Hopfer,  1911-13. 

3  v     27*"". 

Z5993.W76  16-6720 

Geography. 

Claparede,  Arthur  de. 

Annuaire  uhiversel  des  socie^s  de  geographic.  1892-1893.  Ge- 
neve, H.  Georg  t!892i 

xiv,  71  p.,  1  L    181". 

Z6003.C55  5-22981 

*Geographen-kalender.    1.-  jahrg. ;  1903/4- 

Gotha,  J.  Perthes,  1903- 

v.     16cm.    annual. 

G64.G34  8-6224 

Geographisches  jahrbuch.    1.-  bd. ;  1866- 

Gotha,  J.  Perthes,  1866- 

v.  m-mm. 

Includes  societies,  congresses,  etc. 

G1.G4 

Institutions,  churches,  etc. 

The  American  year  book;  a  record  of  events  and  progress.     [V.  lj- 

1910- 
New  York  and  London,  D.  Appleton  and  company,  1911- 

v.    2qicm. 
Includes  institutions,  churches,  etc. 

E171.A585  11-1626 

The  Annual  charities  register  and  digest. 
London,  New  York,  Longmans,  Green  &  co. ;  [etc.,  etc.] 
v.    22cm. 

HV245.A2A3  CA  8-3086  Unrev'd 

Behorden-adressbuch  Deutschlands.  Ein  verzeichnis  von  fiber  80000 
staatlichen,  provinzialen  und  kommunalen  behorden,  instituten, 
anstalten,  nebst  korporationen  des  Deutschen  Reiches,  sowie  der 
schutzgebiete,  in  alphabetischer  reihenfolge  nach  landesteilen, 
provinzen  und  orten  geordnet.  1.-  ausgabe;  1911/12- 

Berlin  i!911j- 
v.    25"°. 

JN3204  11-32516 

Buenos  Aires  (Province)     Consejo  general  de  education. 

;Gobiemo  escolar  en  la  provincia  de  Buenos  Aires.  [Buenos  Aires, 
Est.  grafico  A.  de  Martinoi  1912. 

264  p.    24icm. 

LA549.B8P2  E 15-822 

Charity  organisation  society,  London. 

Annual  report. 
London,  18 

v.    2Hcm. 

HV250.L9C4  9-1063 

*U.  S.    Dept.  of  commerce  and  labor.    Bureau  of  the  census. 

Special  reports.  Religious  bodies:  1906.  pt.  n.  Separate  de- 
nominations. Washington,  1910. 

670  p.    30™. 

HA201.A1 
Civic  club  of  Philadelphia.    Dept.  of  social  science. 

Civic  club  digest  of  the  educational  and  charitable  institutions  and 
societies  in  Philadelphia.  Philadelphia  [G.  H.  Buchanan  and  com- 
pany] 1895. 

clxxiv,  201  p.    22icni. 

HV99.P5C49  9-6948 


BIBLIOGRAPHICAL,   SUGGESTIONS 


95 


Civic  club  of  Philadelphia. 

A  directory  of  the  charitable,  social  improvement,  educational  and 
religious  associations  and  churches  of  Philadelphia.  2d  ed.  Phila- 
delphia (Civic  club]  1903. 

Xviii,  828  p.    19Jcm. 

HV99.P5C6  8-32179 

Connecticut  historical  society. 

List  of  Congregational  ecclesiastical  societies  established  in  Con- 
necticut before  October  IBIS,  with  their  changes.  Hartford,  1913. 
tMiddletown,  Conn.,  Press  of  Pelton  &  King,  1913) 

35  p.    23icm. 

14-81004 

Fry,  Herbert,  ed. 

Herbert  Fry's  royal  guide  to  the  London  charities,  showing  in 
alphabetical   order   their  name,   date   of    foundation,    address,   &c., 
according  to  their  latest  reports. 
London,  Chatto  &  Windus, 
v.    181 cm. 

HV260.L8F8  9-3662 

Jewish,  societies. 

The  Jewish  year  book.  8  Sept.  1896- 

London,  Greenberg  &  co.,  1896-19 

v.  mm. 

DS135.B5A3  14-2382 

Medicine. 

Federation  Internationale  pharmaceutique. 

Bulletin,    no.  1-  1912- 

Amsterdam,  1912- 

v.    231cm. 

No.  1  includes  "Unions,  societes  et  associations  pharmaeeutiques" 
(being  a  list  of  societies,  arranged  by  country,  with  dates  of  found- 
ing in  many  cases),  and  "Journaux  et  revues  pharmaeeutiques." 

RS1.F5  CA  13-30  Unrev'd 

Homoeopathic  societies.  (See  World's  homoeopathic  convention, 
Philadelphia,  1876.  Transactions,  v.  2,  History  of  homoeopathy,  by 
Gustav  Puhlmann.  Philadelphia,  1880.  231 cm) 

RX1.W9 

The  Medical  directory  of  New  York,  New  Jersey  and  Connecticut. 
New  York, 
v.    ISi™. 

R712.A1M52  2-23073 

*Polk's  medical  register  and  directory  of  North  America. 
Detroit  tetc.]  1886-«19 
v.    24cm. 

R711.P7  0-4101 

U.  S.    Surgeon- general's  office.    Library. 

Index-catalogue  of  the  library  of  the   Surgeon-general's  office, 
United  States  army.    Washington,  Govt.  print,  off.,  1880-95. 
16  v.    30cm. 

2d  ser.    Washington,  Govt.  print  off.,  1896- 

v.    30°™. 

Z6676.U6  1-2344-5 

Museums.  . 

American  association  of  museums. 
Proceedings    v.  1-  1907- 

Charleston,  S.  C.,  1908- 
v.    24icm. 

AM1.A5  8-32191 

Ball,  Valentine. 

Repo/t  on  the  museums  of  America  and  Canada.    (Dublin,  1885  ?i 
cover-title,  310-342  p.    241™. 


96  GUIDE  TO  CATALOGUING  SERIAL  PUBLICATIONS 

Extracted  from  the  Report  of  the  Science  and  art  department  (of 
the  Science  and  art  museum,  Dublin]  for  the  year  1884. 

QH70.B18  6-5317 

*A  Directory  of  American-  museums  of  art,  history,  and  science, 
comp.  by  P.  M.  Rea,  secretary  of  the  American  association  of 
museums. 

(In  Buffalo  society  of  natural  sciences.  Bulletin.  Buffalo,  N.  Y., 
1910.  24*"".  p.  1-360) 

QH1.B94  12-2650 

"Directory  of  museums  in  Great  Britain  &  Ireland;  together  with  a 
section  on  Indian  and  colonial  museums.  Comp.  by  E.  Howarth 
and  H.  M.  Platnauer.  tLondon?]  The  Museums  association,  1911. 

1  p.  1.,  312  p.    22$™. 

Originally  issued  in  the  Museums  journal,  v.  2-5,  1902-06.  The 
present  issue  is  a  revised  edition  of  the  Directory  in  separate  form. 

cf.  Foreword. 

AM41.D5  13-6198 

*France.    Ministers  de  I'instruction  publique  et  des  beaux-arts. 

Annuaire  des  musees  scientifiques  et  archeologiques  des  departe- 
ments.  1900.  Paris,  E.  Leroux,  1900. 

2  p.  1.,  436  p.    19em. 

AM46.A3  8-31023 

Greenwood,  Thomas. 

The  libraries,  museums  and  art  galleries  year  book  1910-11;  being 
the  3d  ed.  of  Greenwood's  "British  library  year  book."  Ed.  by  A.  J. 
Philip.  London,  Scott,  Greenwood  &  son,  1910. 

iv,  288  p.    22cra. 

First  edition  issued  under  title:  Greenwood's  library  year  book, 
1897 ;  2d  ed. :  British  library  year  book,  1900-1901. 

Z701.G83  10-26770 

*Murray,  David. 

Museums:  their  history  and  their  use,  with  a  bibliography  and 
list  of  the  museums  in  the  United  Kingdom.  Glasgow,  J.  MacLe- 
hose  and  sons,  1904. 

3  v.    23icm. 

AM5.M9  5-10581 

Museumskunde;    zeitschrift   fur  verwaltung  und  technik  offentlicher 
und  privater  sammlungen.     Berlin,  1905- 
v.    28"". 

AM1.M8 
The  Museums  journal;  the  organ  of  the  Museums  association,    v.  1- 

July  1901- 
London,  Dulau  and  co.,  ltd.,  1902- 

v.    22"". 

The  "Museums  directory"  was  issued  with  v.  2-5;  reissued  in 
1911  in  separate,  enlarged  form. 

AM1.M7  8-S3 

Saglio,  Edmond. 

Rapport  sur  1'organisation  des  musees  en  Allemagne.     Paris,  Impr. 
des  Journaux  officiels,  1886. 
46  p.,  1  1.    24icm. 

NK249.S2  4-34758 

Peace  year-books. 

*Annuaire  du  mouvement  pacifiste,  pub.  par  le  Bureau  international 
de  la  paix  a  Berne.    1913- 
Bienne,  1913- 

v.  mm. 

Contains  information  concerning  the  peace  societies,  foundations, 
etc.,  of  the  world;  bibliography  of  peace  literature;  list  of  peace 
treaties,  etc. 

.TX1904.A5  13-11023 


BIBLIOGRAPHICAL    SUGGESTIONS 


97 


Christiania.     Norske  Nobelinstitut.    Bibliotek. 

Catalogue  de  la  bibliotheque  de  1'Institut  Nobel  norve'gien.  Kri- 
stiania,  H.  Aschehoug  &  co.  (W.  Nygaard)  ;  New  York,  G.  P. 
Putnam's  sons;  [etc.,  etc.]  1912- 

v.    26icm. 

Includes  names  of  societies  and  congresses,  with  dates  of  found- 
ing. 

Z6466.C42  13-15644 

"The  Peace  year-book.    tv.  1-  1910- 

iLondoni  The  National  peace  council  [1910- 
v.    18icm. 

JX1904.P4  11-16047 

Scientific  societies. 

Bolton,  H.  C. 

Chemical  societies  of  the  nineteenth  century.  Washington,  Smith- 
sonian institution,  1902. 

1  p.  1.,  15  p.  24cm.  (Smithsonian  miscellaneous  collections,  [vol. 
XLI,  art.  vmj) 

Issued  also,  with  additions,  in  the  Anniversary  number  of  the 
American  chemical  society,  1901. 

Q11.S7      vol.  41,  art.  8 

12-30806 
Bolton,  H.  C. 

Chemical  societies  of  the  xix  century.    tEaston,  Pa.,  1902?] 

cover-title,  p.  [21]-35.    23icm. 

"Reprinted  from  the  anniversary  number  of  the  American 
chemical  society,  1901." 

Z5523.B71  13-15443 

Bolton,  H.  C. 

Early  American  chemical  societies.  Read  to  the  Washington 
chemical  society,  April  8,  1897.  Author's  ed.  [New  York)  1897. 

cover-title,  p.  [717)-732.    23icm. 

"Reprinted  from  the  Journal  of  the  American  chemical  society, 
vol.  xix,  August,  1897." 

QD1.A1B7  13-11148 

Db'rfler,  Ignaz. 

Botaniker-adressbuch.  Sammlung  von  namen  und  adressen  der 
lebenden  botaniker  aller  lander,  der  botanischen  garten  und  der  die 
botanik  pflegenden  institute,  gesellschaften  und  periodischen  publica- 
tionen.  2.  neu  bearb.  und  verm.  aufl.  Wien,  Im  selbstverlage  des 
herausgebers,  1902. 
x,  356  p.  24icm. 

QK35.D6  3-8786 

*Geologen-kalender. 
Leipzig,  M.  Weg,  19 
v.    Id01". 

QE23.G5  CA  10-6248  Unrev'd 

Goode,  G.  B. 
The  beginnings  of  natural  history  in  America.    Washington.  1886 

1  p.  1.,  i35)-105  p.    24icm. 

From  the  Proceedings  of  the  Biological  society  of  Washington 
vol.  in,  1884^886. 
Includes  histories  of  American  scientific  societies. 

QH21.U5G6  5-42326 

*Houzeau,  J.  C. 

Bibliographic  generate  de  1'astronomie  par  J.  C.  Hpuzeau  et  A. 
Lancaster;  ou  catalogue  methodique  des  ouvrages,  des  memoires  et 
des  observations  astronomiques  public's  depuis  1'origine  de  1'im- 
primerie,  jusqu'en  1880.  Bruxelles,  1882-89. 

2  v.  in  3.    27*™. 

Z5151.H84  8-2951 

39491 0— 29 7 


98  GUIDE  TO  CATALOGUING  SERIAL  PUBLICATIONS 

List   of   scientific   societies   and   field   clubs   in   Great   Britain   and 

Ireland. 

(7n  Nature;  a  weekly  illustrated  journal  of  science.  London, 
1873.  27™.  v.  8,  p.  521-522) 

Q1.N2     vol.  8 

McGee,  W  J 

The  evolution  of  serials  published  by  scientific  societies. 

(7n  Philosophical  society  of  Washington,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Bulletin.  Washington,  1892.  23icm.  v.  11,  p.  221-245) 

Q11.W5     vol.  11 
Ornstein,  Martha. 

The  role  of  the  scientific  societies  in  the  seventeenth  century. 
New  York,  1913. 

345  p.,  1  1.    24i"". 

Q125.O8  14-7942 

Notice  of  scientific  societies  in  the  United  States. 

(In  the  American  journal  of  science.    New  Haven,  1826.    23$ c~. 
V.  10,  1826,  p.  369-376) 
Signed:  "S.  E.  D." 

Q1.A5     vol.  10 

Peel,  C.  V.  A. 

The  zoological  gardens  of  Europe,  their  history  and  chief  features. 
London,  F.  E.  Robinson  &  co.,  1903. 
xiv,  256  p.    22icm. 

QL76.P37  3-16059 

Penhallow,  D.  P. 

A  review  of  Canadian  botany  from  1800  to  1895.     Montreal,  1898. 

cover-title,  56  p.  25 cm.  (McGill  university.  Papers  from  the 
Department  of  botany,  no.  7) 

Reprinted  from  the  Transactions  of  the  Royal  society  of  Canada, 
Section  ry,  1897. 

"A  review  of  Canadian  botany  from  the  first  settlement  of  New 
France  to  the  nineteenth  century.  By  D.  P.  Penhallow,"  was  pub- 
lished in  Trans.  Roy.  soc.  of  Canada,  v.  5,  1887,  sec.  4,  p.  45-61. 

QK1.M14  5-38659 

Survey  of  the  progress  and  actual  state  of  natural  sciences  in  the 

United  States  of  America,  from  the  beginning  of  this  century  to 

the  present  time. 

(In  The  American  monthly  magazine  and  critical  review.  New- 
York,  1817.  22icm.  v.  2,  p.  i81i-89) 

Signed:  "C.  S.  R." 

AP2.A388      vol.  2 

*Zoologisches  adressbuch.     2.  ausg.     Berlin,  R.  Friedlander  &  sohn, 
1911. 
2  p.  1.,  1109  p.    24cm. 

QL35.Z9  12-4160 

*K.  Zodlogisch  genootschap  "Natura  artis  magistra,"  Amsterdam. 

Catalogus   der  bibliotheek.    Amsterdam,    Scheltema   &   Holkema, 
1881. 
xii,  563  p.    28cm. 

Z7996.A52  1-10252-M1 

Technology,  etc. 

*New  York.    Engineering  societies'  library. 

Catalogue  of  technical  periodicals,  libraries  in  the  city  of  New 
York  and  vicinity.  New  York,  Library  board  of  the  United  engi- 
neering society,  1915. 

xvi,  110  p.    27icm.    (Library  of  the  Engineering  societies.    Biblio- 
graphical contributions,    i) 
"Reference  works  consulted" :  p.  xv. 

Z6852.N54  15-16022 


BIBLIOGRAPHICAL    SUGGESTIONS  99 

The  Technologist.  Mitteilungen  des  Deutsch-amerikanischen  tech- 
niker-verbandes.  (National  association  of  German- American 
technologists)  tl.j-  bd.;  feb.  1896- 

[Washington,  etc.,  1896- 

v.    23°". 
"Technische  vereine,"  1.  bd.,  1896,  p.  4-6. 

T3.D4  6-22644 

Verband  deutscher  architekten-  und  ingenieur-vereine. 

Mittheilungen.    1.-  bd.;  1885/86- 

Hamburg  [etc.,  1886?- 
v.  21cra. 

Includes  names    of.   German    architectural    and    engineering  so- 
cieties, with  dates  of  founding. 

TA3.V2  6-16135 


Trade-unions. 


Barnett,  G.  E.,  ed. 

A  trial  bibliography  of  American  trade-union  publications.     Balti- 
more, The  Johns  Hopkins  press,  1904. 

2  p.  1.,  7-112  p.    25cm.     (Johns  Hopkins  university  studies  in  his- 
torical and  political  science,  series  xxn,  no.  1-2) 

Z7164.T7B2  4-9251 


INDEX  OF  EXAMPLES 


[The  numbers  immediately  following  the  items  in  the  index  refer  to  the 
paragraphs  used  in  the  text] 


Page. 

Abo,  Finland.  Stads  historiska 
museum.  17 18 

Academic  d'agriculture  de 
France.  Ic 11 

Academic  des  sciences,  Paris. 
61 . 54 

Academic  nationale  des  sciences 
de  Bordeaux.  57 43 

Academic  royale  de  Belgique. 
1 10 

Academy  of  natural  sciences  of 
Philadelphia.  1 10 

Accademia  di  scienze,  Palermo. 
Ic 11 

Accademia  di  scienze,  Rovereto. 
11 . 15 

Adams,  Arthur  (Exploring  ex- 
pedition) 48 32 

Adventure,  H.  M.  S.  (Explor- 
ing expedition)  48 32 

Akademie  der  wissenschaften, 
Berlin.  11 15 

Aksakov  botanic  garden.    30 —    24 

Albany.    Citizens.    43 30 

Albert  i,  prince  of  Monaco  (Ex- 
ploring expedition)  48 32 

Algetiras.  International  con- 
ference on  Moroccan  affairs, 
1906.  37 27 

Allegheny  observatory.    29 24 

American  academy  of  arts  and 
sciences,  Boston.  1,  51 10,39 

American  association  of  muse- 
ums. 51 1 39 

American  astronomical  society. 
50 35 

American  boiler  manufacturers' 
association.  53 40 

American  chamber  of  commerce 
in  Paris.  18 19 

American  institute  of  architects. 
50_- ._  35 

American  iron  and  steel  associ- 
ation. 50 36 

American  iron  and  steel  insti- 
tute. 50 36 

American  library  association! 
1 . 10 

American  philosophical  society, 
Philadelphia.  2,  73 12,64 

American  physiological  society. 
Id 12 

American  society  of  marine 
draftsmen.  52 40 

American  society  of  refrigerat- 
ing engineers.  56 41 


Page 

American  veterinary  medical  as- 
sociation.    50 35 

Amsterdam.     Kamer  van  koop- 

handel  en  fabrieken.     18 19 

Amsterdam.    Paleis.    28 23 

Angers,    France.      Saint-Aubin 

(Benedictine  abbey)    34 26 

Archaeological      institute       of 

America.    12 16 

Arlington,  Va.    National  ceme- 
tery.   32 . 25 

Ateneo  de  Honduras.    1 10 

Auckland  university  college.    16.    18 
Balliol    school,    Utica,    N.    Y. 

22o 20 

Baltimore.    Merchants.    44 30 

Bank  of  England.    35 26 

Banque  de  France.    35 26 

Beechey,  Frederic  William  (Ex- 
ploring expedition)    48 32 

Bergens  museum.    17 18 

Berlin.    Congress,  1878.    37 27 

Berlin.      Umversitat.      Institut 

fur  meereskunde.    20 19 

Berwickshire   naturalists'   club. 

51 39 

Board  of  trustees  of  the  relief 

and  Red  cross  funds.    45 30 

Boston  athenaeum.    16 17 

Boston.    Board  of  trade.    18—    19 

Boston.    Citizens.    43 30 

Boston.       Gwynne     temporary 

home  for  children.     33 25 

Boston.     Public  library.     15—    17 
Boston.    Public  library.    Prince 

collection.    24& 21 

Boston.    South  burying  ground. 

32 25 

Boston.    Trinity  church.    31—    24 
Boston.    Woman's  rights  meet- 
ing, 1859.    42 30 

Botanical  society  of  Edinburgh. 

1 9 

Bristol  museum  and  art  gallery. 

16 18 

British  academy,  London.    2 —     12 

British  museum.    16 18 

British  museum.    Trustees.    45-    30 

Bronte  society.    58 48 

Brussels.         Jardin     botanique 

de  I'&at.    30 24 

Buenos  Aires.     Museo  nacional 

de  historia  natural.    55 41 

Buffalo.     Pan-American   expo- 
sition, 1901.    39 -    29 

101 


102 


INDEX  OF  EXAMPLES 


Page. 

Bury  St.  Edmunds  (Abbey) 
34 26 

California  state  agricultural  so- 
ciety. 40 29 

California.    Unirersity,    26 22 

Cambridge.  University.  Bo- 
tanic garden.  30 24 

Carlisle,  Pa.  United  States  In- 
dian school.  23 —  20 

Carlsbergfondet,  Copenhagen. 
47 - 31 

Carnegie  institution  of  Wash- 
ington. 47 31 

Carnegie  institution  of  Wash- 
ington. Solar  observatory. 
29 23 

Catholic  church.  Liturgy  and 
ritual.  13 16 

Chamber  of  commerce  of  the 
United  States  of  America,  18.  19 

Charity  organisation  society, 
London.  2 12 

Chesborough,  A.  J.,  school.  22o_    20 

Chetham  society,  Manchester, 
Eng.  58 47 

Chicago.    Union  league  club.  4_    13 

Chicago  university.  Hull  physi- 
ological laboratory.  20 19 

Chicago.  World's  Columbian 
exposition,  1893.  39 29 

Christiania.  Nissens  skole. 
22b . . .. 20 

Christiania.      Universitet.      28_    23 

Church  of  England.  Book  of 
common  prayer.  13 __  16 

Cincinnati.  Glen  industrial 
home.  33 25 

Cincinnati.  Zoological  garden. 
30 24 

Clairmarais,  France  (Cistercian 
abbey)  34 26 

Cleveland  Jewish  orphan  asy- 
lum. 33 25 

Clinton,  S.  C.  Thornwell  or- 
phanage. 33 25 

Cologne.  Rautenstrauch-Joest 
museum.  17 18 

Colorado  college  of  dental  sur- 
gery. Id.- . 12 

Columbia  university.  Observa- 
tory. 20 19 

Columbia  university.  Philolex- 
ian  society.  9 ._  15 

Comite*  international  des  poids 
et  mesures.  6 13 

Copeland  school.  Saratoga 
Springs,  N.  Y.  22o 20 

Corcoran  gallery  of  art,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C.  16 17 

Cornell  university.  Sibley  col- 
lege. 19 - 19 

Cotteswold  naturalists'  field 
club.  60 50. 


Page 

Croome  Court  botanical  garden. 
30 ,._..  24 

Cymmrodorion  society,  London. 
2 12 

Dante  society.    58- 48 

Daughters  of  the  American  rev- 
olution. 12 16 

Democratic  party.  National 
convention.  14 16 

Derde  October- vereeniging.    3_    13 

Deutsche  physikalische  gesell- 
schaft.  49 34 

Deutsche  Shakespeare  -  gesell- 
schaft.  57 43 

Deutscher  verein  zur  erfor- 
schung  Palastina's.  60. 51 

Dunfermline,  Scot.  Weavers' 
incorporation.  10 15 

Edinburgh.  Sciennes  school.  21.    20 

Egypt  exploration  fund.    47 —    31 

Einsiedeln,  Switzerland  (Bene- 
dictine monastery)  34 26 

Elefantordenen.     7 14 

Elks,  Benevolent  and  protective 
order  of.  7 14 

Ely  monastery.    34 26 

Enoch  Pratt  free  library,  Bal- 
timore. 16 17 

Entomological  society  of  Lon- 
don. Id 12 

Entomological  society  of  New 
South  Wales.  1 9 

Ephesus,  Council  of.    41 29 

Essex  field  club.    73 64 

Expedition  antarctique  beige, 
1897-1899.  48 31 

Exploration  scientifique  de  1'Al- 
gerie.  48 32 

Federation  of  associations  for 
cripples.  50 35 

Florence.  R.  Galleria  degli  Uf- 
fizi.  28 22 

Fort  Monroe,  Va.  National 
cemetery.  32___ 25 

Frankfurt  am  Main.  Stadel- 
sches  kunstinstitut.  17 18 

Franklin  institute,  Philadelphia. 
2,  40,  63 12, 29, 58 

Fulda,  Ger.  (Benedictine  mon- 
astery) 34 26 

Gaustad  sindssygeasyl.    33 25 

Geographical  society  of  Phila- 
delphia. 56 42 

Geographische  gesellschaft  in 
Hamburg.  1 _  9 

Geographische  gesellschaft  in 
Wien.  11 15 

Gesellschaft  der  wissenschaften 
zu  Gottingen.  51, 52,  55-  38, 39, 41 

Gesellschaft  deutscher  natur- 
forscher  und  aerzte.  51 36 

Gesellschaft  fur  erdkunde  zu 
Berlin  (Exploring  expedition) 
48-.  32 


INDEX  OP  EXAMPLES 


103 


Page 

Gesellschaft  zur  beforderung 
der  gesammten  naturwissen- 
schaften,  Marburg.  61 52 

Gottingische  gelehrte  anzeigen. 
51 38 

Gorze,  Alsace-Lorraine  (Bene- 
dictine abbey)  34 26 

Grande  -  Chartreuse  (Monas- 
tery) 34 26 

Gratz.     Anna-kinderspital.     33-    25 

Greenwich,  Eng.  Royal  obser- 
vatory. 29 23 

Grenard,  Fernand  (Exploring 
expedition)  48 31 

Grolier  club,  New  York.    40—    29 

Guernsey  society  of  natural  sci- 
ence and  local  research.  56 42 

Hague.  International  peace  con- 
ference, 1899.  37 27 

Harvard  university.    16 17 

Harvard  university.  Board  of 
overseers.  45 30 

Harvard  university.  Peabody 
museum.  20 19 

Heidelberg.     Uniyersitat.     28—    23 

Historical  and  philosophical  so- 
ciety of  Ohio.  5 13 

Hooker,  Sir  William  Jackson 
(Exploring  expedition)  48—  31 

Illinois.  Asylum  for  insane 
criminals.  26 22 

International  congress  of  arts 
and  science,  St.  Louis,  1904. 
42— 30 

International  congress  of  hy- 
giene and  demography.  38—  28 

International  congress  of  Ori- 
entalists. 38 ^ 27 

International  co-operative  alli- 
ance. 2d  congress,  Paris,  1896. 
42 30 

International  council  for  the 
study  of  the  sea.  6 13 

International  geographical  con- 
gress. 38 27 

International  maritime  associa- 
tion. 6 13 

John  Crerar  library,  Chicago. 
16 17 

Journal  of  Hellenic  studies. 
66 60 

Kalocsa,  Hungary.  Haynald  ob- 
servatorium.  29 23 

KeYity,  France.  Beauport  (Pre- 
monstratensian  monastery) 
34 26 

Kew.     Royal  gardens.     30 24 

Kief.     Universitet.     28 23 

Le'gion  d'honneur.    7 14 

Leipzig.    Thomasschule.    21___    20 

Leyden.  Rijks  museum  van  na- 
tuurlijke  historic.  28 23 

Leyden.   Rijks  universiteit.    28_    23 


Page 

Liceo  artistico  y  literario,  Ma- 
drid. 1 10 

Lick  observatory.     29 24 

Licking  County  (O.)  agricul- 
tural society.  40 . 29 

Literary  and  philosophical  soci- 
ety of  Liverpool.  57 44 

London.  Chamber  of  commerce 
18 .. 19 

London.  Franco- British  exhi- 
bition, 1908.  39 29 

London.  Merchant  taylor's 
company.  10 15 

London.    National  gallery.    28-    23 

London.  St.  Bartholomew's  hos- 
pital. 33 25 

London.  St.  Paul's  cathedral. 
31 24 

Lowell,  Mass.  Board  of  trade. 
18 19 

Luther  college.    16 18 

Malta,  Knights  of.     7 14 

Manila.     Ateneo.     15 17 

Massachusetts.  State  library. 
26 22 

Michigan.  University.  Detroit 
observatory.  29 23 

Michigan.  University.  Harris 
memorial  trust.  47 31 

Milan.  Istituto  private  Robi- 
ati.  226 20 

Minneapolis.  Lincoln  school. 
21. 20 

Mississippi  historical  society. 
Id 12 

Monte  Cassino  (Benedictine 
monastery)  34 26 

Montreal.    Stock  exchange.   18.     19 

Moose,  Loyal  order  of.    7 14 

Morelia,  Mexico.  Museo  mi- 
choacano.  62 57 

Morris,  Minn.  Indian  school. 
23 20 

Mt.  Auburn  cemetery.    32 25 

Munden.  Forstakademie.  Bo- 
tanischer  garten.  30 24 

Museums  journal.    66 60 

National  conference  of  social 
work.  49 — _ __  33 

National  education  association 
of  the  United  States.  1 10 

National  institute  for  the  pro- 
motion of  science,  Washing- 
ton, D.  C.  73 64 

National  institute  of  social  sci- 
ences. 1 10 

Natural  history  society  of  Glas- 
gow. 52 _ 39 

Natural  history  society  of  New 
Brunswick,  la 10 

Naturforschende  gesellschaft  zu 
Gorlitz.  57 45 

Naturwissenschaftlicher  verein 
fur  Steiermark.  60 52 


104 


INDEX  OF  EXAMPLES 


Page 

New  Orleans.  World's  indus- 
trial and  cotton  centennial  ex- 
position. 39 29 

New     South     Wales.       Public 

library,  Sydney.    25 21 

New  York.  Agricultural  exper- 
iment station.  27 22 

New  York.     Calvary  cemetery. 

32.— 25 

New    York   cemetery   of    New 

Jersey.    32 25 

New  York.    Five  Points  house 

of  industry.    33 25 

New  York.    Morris  high  school. 

21 i. 20 

New  York  state  historical  asso- 

-  ciation.     5 13 

New     York.      State     hospital, 

Utica.    33..- 25 

Nicaea,  Council  of.    41 29 

Nobelstiftelsen,  Stockholm.    47.    31 
Norumbega  women's  club.    12.    16 
Norwich  castle  museum.    16 —    18 
Nottinghamshire,     County  asy- 
lum.    33 25 

Nuremberg.      Bayerisches    ge- 

werbemuseum.     17_ —    18 

Nuremberg.     Germanisches  na- 

tionalmuseum.       17— 18 

Ohio   state   archaeological   and 

historical  society.    5 13 

Ohio  state  university.     26 22 

Order  of  the  Garter.    7 14 

Oxford  university.  Balliol  col- 
lege* 19 19 

Paris.     Congress,  1857.    37 27 

Paris,  fecole  commerciale.  As- 
sociation des  anciens  eleves. 

8 ---    14 

Paris.     Lyce'e  Janson-de-Sailly. 

21 20 

Paris.  Musee  national  du  Lou- 
vre. 15 17 

Paris.     Notre-Dame.     31 24 

Paris.  Observatoire.     29 23 

Paris.     Universit^.      Bibliothe- 

que.     20 19 

Peace  society,  London.     2 12 

Pennsylvania    college,     Gettys- 
burg.   Alumni  association.  8.    14 
Pennsylvania.    University.    26.    22 
Pennsylvania.  University.   Bab- 
ylonian expedition.    58 47 

Peru.   Biblioteca  nacional,  Lima, 

25 21 

Philadelphia.  Centennial  exhi- 
bition, 1876.  39 29 

Philadelphia.  Children's  hospi- 
tal. 15 17 

Philadelphia.       First     national 

bank.     35 26 

Philadelphia.  International  elec- 
trical exhibition,  1884.  61 56 


Page 
Philadelphia.       St.      Martha's 

house.     33 25 

Philobiblon  society,  London.    58_    46 
Philosophical  society  of  Victo- 
ria.    Ib 11 

Phoenix,  Ariz.  United  States 
Indian  industrial  school.  23.  20 

Pipestone,  Minn.  Indian  train- 
ing school.  23 20 

Pittsburgh.  Carnegie  library. 
36 26 

Porto  Rico.  Agricultural  ex- 
periment station.  27 22 

Presbyterian  church  in  the 
U.  S.  A.  General  assembly. 
42 30 

Rastatt.  Congress,  1797-1799. 
37 27 

Red  cross.    6 14 

Republican  congressional  com- 
mittee. 14 16 

Republican  party.  New  York 
(State)  14 16 

Revolution  de  1848.    66 60 

Royal  Dublin  society.    1 10 

Royal  Irish  academy.    1 10 

Royal  society  of  arts,  London. 
2 12 

Royal  society  of  Edinburgh,  la. 
11 11,15 

Royal  society  of  Tasmania,  Ho- 
bart.  Gardens.  30 24 

Royal  society  of  Victoria,  la, 
Ib 11 

St.  Gall,  Switzerland  (Benedic- 
tine monastery)  34 26 

St.  Ignatius  college,  Chicago. 
19 19 

Salt  Lake  City.  Stock  and  min- 
ing exchange.  18 19 

Schlesische  gesellschaft  fur  va- 
terlandische  cultur.  61 53 

Schweizerische  nationalbank. 
35— 26 

Scientific  association  of  Trini- 
dad, la 10 

Scientific  society  of  San  Anto- 
nio. Id 12 

Scribner,  firm,  publishers.   46__    31 

Senckenbergische  naturfor- 
schende  gesellschaft.  57 46 

Sheffield,  Eng.  Cutler's  com- 
pany. 10 


Smiley  public  library,  Redlands, 
Calif.  16 18 

Smith  college.  Alumnae  asso- 
ciation. 8 14 

Smithsonian  institution.    16 17 

Smithsonian  institution.  Hodg- 
kins  fund.  47 31 

Societe"  de  linguistique  de  Paris. 
60 _.  52 


INDEX  OP  EXAMPLES 


105 


Page 
Socie'te'  des  sciences  historiques 

et  naturelles  de  la  Corse.    62_    57 
South  Carolina.     State  agricul- 
tural society.    5 13 

Southampton,  Eng.  Hartley  in- 
stitution. 33 25 

Suffolk  bank,  Boston.    35 26 

Swedish  chamber  of  commerce 

in  New  York.     18 - 19 

Syracuse,  N.  Y.  Convention  of 
mechanics  and  others,  1850. 

42 30 

Templars.    7 14 

Teutonic  knights.    7 14 

Teyler's  stichting,  Haarlem,    47_    31 

Tintern  abbey.     34 26 

Trent,  Council  of.    41 29 

Troms0  museum.    17 18 

Verein  fur  geographic  zu  Frank- 
furt am  Main.  57 44 

Verein  fur  geschichte  und  na- 
turgeschichte,  Donaueschin- 

gen.     la 10 

Verein       fur       niederdeutsche 

•  sprachforschung.     51 37 

Vergennes,  Vt    National  bank. 

35 26 

Verona.     Congress,  1822.    37—    27 
Victoria,      Australia.       Public 

library,  Melbourne.    25 21 

Victoria  and  Albert  museum, 
South  Kensington.  Dyce  col- 
lection. 24& .  21 


Page 

Victorian  institute  for  the  ad- 
vancement of  science.  16 —  11 

Vienna.     Borse.     18 19 

Vienna.  Congress,  1814-1815. 
37 27 

Vienna.  Suppen-  und  thee  an- 
stalt.  17 18 

Vienna.  Unsere  Liebe  Frau  zu 
den  Schotten  (Benedictine  ab- 
bey) 34 26 

Washington,  D.  C.     Bar.    44—    30 

Washington,  D.  C.  National  ca- 
thedral school  for  girls.  22a_  20 

Washington,  D.  C.  Stock  ex- 
change. 18 19 

Washington,  D.  C.  University 
club.  4 13 

West  Virginia  humane  society. 
5 . 13 

Wilkes,  Charles  (Exploring  ex- 
pedition) 48 31 

Wisconsin.  University.  Wash- 
burn  observatory.  29 23 

Yale  university.  Sheffield  sci- 
entific school.  19 19 

Yale  university.  Society  of  the 
alumni.  8 14 

Yerkes  observatory.    29 24 

Zoological  society  of  London. 
Gardens.  30 24 

Zoological  society  of  Philadel- 
phia. Garden.  30 24 


[The  numbers  immediately  following  the  items  IB  the  index  refer  to  the 
paragraphs  used  In  the  text] 


Page 

Abbeys.    34 25 

Abbreviations  —  Names         of 

months   66 

Added  entries.     64,65 59 

Affiliated  societies.     12 16 

Agricultural     experiment     sta- 
tions.    27 22 

Alumni  associations.    8 14 

American  secret  societies.    7 —  14 
American    state    historical    and 

agricultural  societies.    5 13 

American  state  institutions.    26.  21 

Associations.      1 9 

Asylums.    33 25 

Authorities  for  corporate  name. 

lo— 10 

Authority  cards,    la 10 

Banks.    35 26 

Bazaars.     39 29 

Benevolent  and  moral  societies. 

1 9 

Bibliographical   suggestions 72 

Boards  of  trade.   18 19 

Boards,  trustees,  etc.    45 30 

Botanical  gardens.    30 24 

Buildings.    15 17 

Capitals.     73 64 

Carnegie  libraries.    36 26 

Cemeteries.     32 24 

Chambers  of  commerce.     18 —  19 

Changes  of  name.    \c 11 

Charitable  institutions.     33 25 

Churches.    31 24 

Citizens,  Classes  of.    44 30 

Citizens,  Meetings  of.    43 30 

Clubs.     1,4 9,13 

Collation.     53, 54 40 

College    or    university    institu- 
tions.   20 19 

College  or  university  societies. 

9 15 

Colleges.    15 . 17 

Colleges  or  professional  schools 

of  a  university.    19 -- 19 

Committees  of  citizens.    43 30 

Conferences.    38,42 27,29 

Congresses.    38,  42 27,29 

Congresses,  Diplomatic.    37 27 

Contents.     58 46 

Conventions.    42 29 

Convents.    34 25 

Corporate    names,    Authorities 

for.      la 10 

Councils,  Ecclesiastical.    41 29 

Diplomatic  congresses.     37 27 

Ecclesiastical  councils.    41 29 


Page 

Endowments.     47 31 

Examples  of  headings 67 

Exhibitions.    39 _____  29 

Exhibitions   held   by   societies. 

40 29 

Expeditions.     48 31 

Experiment    stations,    Agricul- 
tural.   27 22 

Exploring  expeditions.    48 31 

Fairs.    39,40 29 

Firms.    46 30 

Foreign  institutions.    17 18 

Form  headings.    65 59 

Fraternities.    1 9 

Foundations.    47 31 

Freemasons 68-71 

Frequency  of  publication.    56 41 

Funds.    47 31 

Galleries.    15,28 17,22 

Gardens.    30 24 

Gilds.    10 15 

Greek  letter  fraternities.    1 9 

Heading.   49 33 

Hospitals.    33 25 

Illustrations.     54 40 

Imprint.       Place     of     publica- 
tion.   51 36 

Imprint.     Publisher  and  printer. 

52 39 

Indexes.     60 50 

Indian  schools.    23 20 

Institutions.    15 17 

Inter-collegiate  societies.    1 9 

International    congresses.      38, 

42_____ . 27,29 

International      meetings.       38, 

42 . 27,29 

International  societies.    6 13 

Knights  templars 70 

Laboratories.    15 17 

Learned  academies  whose  names 
begin  with  K.  K.,  R.,  I.,  etc. 

11 15 

Libraries.    15,26 17,21 

Local  colL.  "  or  university  so- 
cieties.   9 15 

Masonic  bodies 68-71 

Medieval  orders.    7 14 

Meetings  of  citizens.    43 30 

"Miscellaneous"  cards.     70 63 

"Miscellaneous"  (subject)  cards. 

72 64 

"Miscellaneous"       (university) 

cards.    71 _  63 

Modern  orders.    7 14 

Monasteries.     34 25 

107 


108 


INDEX   OF   SUBJECTS 


Page 

Monographs    issued    in    signa- 
tures.   62 ,-. $7 

Months,  Abbreviations  of  names 

of , 66 

Museums.    15 — . —  17 

National  banks.     35 26 

National  institutions.    25,. 21 

National  societies.     1 9 

"Not  analyzed"  slips.    67 61 

Notes,  Order  of.    57 42 

Numeral  as  first  word  of  name 

of  society.     3 13 

Observatories.    29 23 

Order  of  notes.  57 — _ —  42 

Orders  of  knighthood.   7 14 

Partial  contents.    58 48 

Parties,  Political    14 16 

Passmore  -  Edwards      libraries. 

36 26 

Political  parties.    14 16 

Prisons.     15 17 

Private  collections.    24 21 

Private  schools.    22 20 

Professional  schools  of  a  uni- 

vejsity.     19 19 

Proper  noun  or  adjective,  Names 

beginning  with.    16, 17 17, 18 

Public  schools.    21 20 

Publisher  and  printer.    52 39 

Religious     denominations,     or- 
ders.   13,42 16,29 

Schools.     15,21,22,23 17,20 

Secret  orders.    7 14 

Secret  societies.    1 9 


Page 

Serial  record.    69 61 

Series  entry.    59 49 

Short  form  of  name  of  society. 

2 12 

Signatures,  Monographs  issued 

in.    62 57 

Size.    55 41 

Societies.     1 9 

Societies  of  the  same  name.  Id  11 
Societies  whose  corporate  names 

are  practically  unknown.  2__  12 
Societies  whose  corporate  names 

begin  with  a  numeral.  3- —  13 
State  agricultural  and  historical 

societies.  5 . 13 

State  boards  which  are  also  state 

societies.  5 : 13 

State  institutions,  American. 

26 21 

Stock  exchanges.  18 19 

Subjects.  63 58 

Supplements.  61 52 

Synods.  41,42 29 

Theaters.  15 17 

Title.  50,66 34,60,61 

Union  league  clubs.  4 13 

Union  of  two  or  more  societies. 

1& 11 

Universities.  15,26,28 17,21,22 

University  clubs.  4 13 

"Want"  cards.  68 61 

Young  men's  and  Young  wom- 
en's Christian  associations.  1_  9 
Zoological  gardens.  30 24 


Sv+itt* 


f. 


^ 


A-  *~* 


rt. 


''**      &  ^***~ 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY,  LOS  ANGELES 

COLLEGE  LIBRARY 

This  book  is  due  on  the  last  date  stamped  below. 


MAY  13 '89  14  DAY 


REC'D  CL 


Book  Slip — Series  4280 


€  U  I  L  t 

U8 
Z 

695.8 


1919 


